Two Old Girls at the Chalet School
The CBB -> Cookies & Drabbles

#1: Two Old Girls at the Chalet School Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 6:15 am


Most if not all of you know that I had hoped this would be a possible future story that GGB might consider publishing. I suggested the basic idea to them when I met Ann and Clarissa, and as they weren't keen, I thought I would put it up here for all of you instead. This is a proper CS story, so there is no Joey-bashing or anything else. Hope you enjoy it anyway. Wink

Audrey Everett finished dusting the carved legs of the table in the living room and looked around to see her younger sister rubbing enthusiastically at the windowpanes. It was a source of mystery to the entire family why Win should enjoy cleaning windows so much when she did her best to wriggle out of any other type of cleaning, but her sister didn’t bother to question it, particularly as she disliked doing them so much herself!
“Nearly done?” she asked.
“Yes.” Win gave the pane another eager rub and then dropped the cloth. “What’s next?”
“Why don’t you go and see if Mummy needs any help with Mittagessen,” Audrey suggested as she picked up the duster. “Then, this afternoon, we can start packing up your dolls.”
The blond head nodded cheerfully and Win danced out of the room, leaving her sister to begin removing the dust from the wide mantel.
The Everett family, along with their friends, the Gardiners, and Solangne de Chaumontel, had been living in the Élishütte, a chalet on the Görnetz Platz, close to the great Sanatorium where Mr. Everett was undergoing the final stages of treatment for TB. Solange’s aunt had died almost three years earlier. The girl’s other aunt, Mme. Charlot, had returned to France after her twin sister, Mlle de Chaumontel, had died, but the Frenchwoman, after letters had been dispatched the girl’s parents, who were currently touring South America, had agreed that Solange could stay with her friends until her school days ended. Peter Gardiner had recovered from a diseased hip and had been released from the San two years earlier, and was now recuperating in the health-giving mountain air with his mother.
The Élishütte had been rented out to them by the Chalet School and was owned by Sir Guy and Lady Rutherford, who had purchased it when one of their daughters, Alix, was brought to the San for treatment for TB . Eight months previously, Lady Rutherford, two of her daughters, Alix and Anthea, and her niece, Nina, had been involved in a bad car smash . It had taken Nina some time to recover from the nasty head injuries she had received, and Sir Guy had taken all of them on a cruise to warmer parts to complete the recovery. Now, however, as the doctors felt that Alix needed several years in the crisp, fresh air of the Alps to complete her cure for TB, Sir Guy wanted to use the Élishütte to house his family, and so the Everetts and the others would have to leave.
Now, with only a week before school began, they were all packing busily. Two days after school began, the movers would come to take their things down to a chalet Mrs. Everett had managed to find on the shore of Lake Thun, so the girls had to have all their things ready for the men to take.
Audrey finished cleaning the wooden shelf and replaced the few knick-knacks her mother had not yet packed away before going to lay the table for lunch. Celia, the middle sister, came in carrying a bowl of salad, followed by her chum Val Gardiner, who dumped a basket of rolls onto the chequered cloth that Audrey had just spread out. Win followed with a dish of butter.
“Where’s Solange?” Audrey asked.
“Washing her hands and face.” Celia grinned. “She was helping Mummy clean out the cellar.”
Audrey giggled appreciatively. The four other girls had all managed to wriggle out of that detested task, leaving the French girl as the poor victim after she came back from visiting her friend, Mme. Maclaren, and found, much to her disgust, that she had was the only one left to do it.
Solange herself, Mrs. Gardiner and Mrs. Everett appeared at this point, the latter carrying a tray of sliced meat, while the girl brought a jug of icy-cold fruit drink. Peter limped in behind them and took his seat at the table.
“What are you all doing this afternoon?” Mrs. Gardiner asked, as they began to eat.
“My dolls,” Win replied immediately, turning to her mother. “Mummy, can I have a big box for the clothes and my little house that I won?”
“I’ll find you one when we’ve finished eating,” Mrs. Everett promised. “Celia? What about you?”
“I have to finish my packing for school,” her middle daughter replied. “Audrey, too.”
“Just my hankies and underthings,” that young woman spoke for herself. “I had to wash them so that they’d pass Matey’s inspection.”
Solange giggled. “Lucky you thought of it. Imagine it – the Second Prefect in trouble on the very first day of term!” Her three years at the Chalet School meant that her English was now even more fluent and colloquial than it had been when the three families had arrived in Switzerland.
The group laughed together, before Solange admitted that she, too, had yet to finish her packing and Val explained that she hadn’t yet boxed up her books for removal to their new home. Peter also put in a request for a box in which to pack some of his books.
They had finished lunch and were about to start clearing away when the sound of the doorbell rang through the house and Audrey jumped to her feet.
“I’ll get it.”
She disappeared into the living room, and from there into the hallway, while the younger girls quickly cleared the table. Audrey reappeared a moment later, with the familiar figure of the Head Mistress of the Chalet School behind her.
“It’s Miss Annersley,” she announced, somewhat needlessly.
The woman greeted the two mothers before Mrs. Everett suggested that the group move into the living room. Val was sent to refill the jug and Celia dashed off for an extra glass while the others moved into the large, sunny room and sat down.
“How can we help you, Miss Annersley?” Mrs. Gardiner asked, once the preliminaries were out of the way and conversation was threatening to languish.
In response, the Head of the Chalet School turned to Audrey, who had just finished refilling her younger sister’s glass and smiled.
“Actually, it was Audrey I really came to see,” she explained in her beautiful voice, smiling at the girl, who gave her a startled look in return. “Audrey, I’d like you to be our Head Girl this year.”
There was a moment of silence before Audrey found her voice, having gaped vaguely for the first few seconds. “Me?” she finally asked. “But what about Ted Grantley? She’s Head Girl this year, isn’t she?”
“She was,” Miss Annersley agreed. “But I got a cable this morning to say that she’s just come down with the measles and will be in quarantine for the next five weeks. We can’t manage without a Head Girl for that long, and as you’re Second Prefect, you would have been asked to fill that position temporarily anyway. But Ted’s mother has now decided that she will go to St. Mildred’s after she recovers, so she won’t be coming back to the Chalet School after all, and we would like you to be our Head Girl instead.”

 


#2:  Author: KathrynLocation: Melbourne/Hamilton until 11 September PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 7:33 am


Sit back and enjoy the story, people!

Pity that Ann and Clarissa weren't interested in it.

 


#3:  Author: Caroline OSullivanLocation: Reading, Berkshire, UK PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 10:45 am


Great start KB. Looking forward to the next installment. Very Happy

 


#4:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 10:48 am


KB - this is looking really good - waiting eagerly for more.

(At least A & C not wanting it means we get to see it sooner!)

 


#5:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 10:54 am


OOOOhhhhhh this sounds interesting KB!
Can't wait tp hear more! Laughing

 


#6:  Author: ChloëLocation: London: when away from home planet! PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 12:05 pm


KB this sounds very good already more please!

 


#7:  Author: AllyLocation: Jack Maynard's Dressing Room!! PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 12:11 pm


Thank you KB!!! Very Happy

A lovely beginning, I can't wait to see how Audrey is as HG. Len would be a hard act to follow!

 


#8:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 1:16 pm


Oooooh, shiny new drabble Very Happy Gosh, can't wait to see what happens next...

 


#9:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 3:01 pm


Why weren't A&C keen on it KB?

 


#10:  Author: Lisa_TLocation: Belfast PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 3:45 pm


Cos they need a brain transplant, of course!
fume about A&C regarding this and Headmistress. And yes, I've read both..more than once! Wink

*returns to lurking on this one!*

 


#11:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 5:19 pm


This is great KB. Very surprised at A&C, but maybe they have someone else already writing a similar book or one over the same time period, and publishing both would be difficult.

 


#12:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 5:36 pm


A & C's loss is our gain! Sorry for your disappointment, KB but, as Chelsea says, they may have someone else already committed - I can't see why they wouldn't want it otherwise.

 


#13:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 5:49 pm


Great story KB. At least we are able to read this one whilst waiting for publicatio of everything else.

Sitting back comfortably to wait for more.

 


#14:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 5:55 pm


Thanks KB!!

This is looking good already, waiting eagerly for more! Hope you're not too disappointed about A&C's refusal.

 


#15:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 6:03 pm


It's a great start! Although it's a pity A&C didn't want it, as Lesley said, that means we get to see it sooner Very Happy

 


#16:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 6:55 pm


Their loss, our gain. Thanks KB.

 


#17:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 7:40 pm


Sarah_L wrote:
Why weren't A&C keen on it KB?


I think KB said they didn't think the idea would work or something. But as others have said, their loss is our gain!

More please, KB!

 


#18:  Author: KellyLocation: Auckland, New Zealand PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 8:25 pm


Thanks KB! I'm looking foward to more.
Like everyone else has said their loss is our gain!!
BTW - its very good!!

 


#19:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 11:10 pm


I thought KB said they weren't keen on doing future stories?

But whatever, this is great!!

 


#20:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Sun Mar 14, 2004 11:35 pm


Please may we have some more, KB?

 


#21:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:25 am


Put me right here if you need to KB, but I have a feeling that A&C didn't like the idea of the two old girls coming back to the school.

 


#22:  Author: Lisa_TLocation: Belfast PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 2:25 am


Yes, that's what KB did say. Tho' I can't imagine why. I think it's very EBDish after all!

 


#23:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 8:20 am


They appear to have very rigid ideas about what should be published - their perogative but I think it means they miss out on some wonderful stories - this one being a case in point!

So saying - more please KB! *Fluttering eyelashes appeallingly!!!*

 


#24:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:03 am


Ooh, flattery! Embarassed For those who weren't at the Gathering or didn't hear what I said about this (sorry!), A & C didn't feel that the two girls I bring back in this were realistic choices. You may make your own minds up about it. *g* And, no, I'm not upset but thank you for the support.

Audrey gaped again for a few seconds before speaking, her mind in a whirl. “Can – may I have some time to think about it?”
“I need your answer by the end of the day,” her Head Mistress replied, overlooking her slip, apart from a keen look that made the girl redden. “But you may have a few hours, if you think you need it.”
“Thank you.” Audrey turned to her mother. “May I go for a walk?”
“As long as you keep to this shelf, and wear a hat,” Mrs. Everett replied immediately, turning to her other two daughters and their friends. “You girls can get on with the things you said you had to do, while we talk to Miss Annersley.”
This effectively quashed the requests Val and Celia had been meditating, to be allowed to go with Audrey, who thankfully put on her broad-brimmed hat against the sun and slipped out of the chalet.
The group had been late with the midday meal on this occasion, so traffic along the main road of the Görnetz shelf was quite busy when she ventured out of the house. Having lived there for several years, the Everetts were quite well known, and more than one driver waved at the girl as she wandered in the direction of the San, although it wasn’t her final destination. She couldn’t talk the problem over with her father, being under orders not to worry him, but she hoped that some time to think would give her a clearer idea of what she should do.
The Chalet School had begun more than twenty-five years earlier, in what its early members were wont to call the ‘Dark Ages’, on the banks of the beautiful Tiernsee, with only a handful of pupils . Despite being force to leave Austria after the Anschluss, the school found a new home for itself, first in Guernsey and then, after France was invaded, in Wales . Its reputation had grown steadily, as had its numbers, both in terms of pupils and staff, until, eight years previously, the decision had been made to open a new branch in the Swiss Oberland , where a finishing branch had been established a year earlier . The experiment was proving to be an overwhelming success. The branch that had remained in England also continued to flourish, with Dolly Edwards at its head.
Audrey was concentrating so hard on her thoughts and the unexpected promotion she had been offered that she missed the sound of light footsteps approaching her from behind and she started violently when a hand tapped her on the shoulder.
She looked into the violent-grey eyes of the school’s previous Head Girl, which were on the same level as her own, as Audrey was a tall, lanky girl.
“Oh, Len,” she sighed in relief. “You gave me an awful fright.”
“Sorry about that,” Len Maynard apologised, tucking an arm through that of the other girl. “I thought you’d hear me. But what were you thinking about so hard that you didn’t even hear me coming?”
“Well, I…” The girl paused for a moment, before it all came tumbling out. “Miss Annersley wants me to be Head Girl this year!”
Len’s eyes widened. “What? But I thought Ted was going to be it.”
“I know. She was.” Audrey heaved a sigh. “But she’s got the measles, and her mother’s decided that she’s going to Millie’s after she gets better, instead of back to school, so Miss Annersley’s plumped on me to replace her!”
The older girl grinned. “That’s what happened to my cousin Bride Bettany,” she responded, before conscientiously correcting herself. “Actually, no; the girl she took over from – Loveday Perowne – had to go and take over property that she inherited .” She gave the younger girl a keen look. “What’s the problem with that?”
“Well, how can I possibly do as well as some of the other Head Girls the school’s had?”
Audrey forgot who she was talking to, and missed the flush of embarrassment on Len’s face.
“It’s such a high standard to live up to,” she continued almost desperately, her eyes fixed on the path they were covering, “and I don’t know if I can do it!”
Len was forced to chuckle. “My dear girl,” she said in her most elderly fashion, “do you really think you would have been asked if the Heads didn’t think you could do it?”
“But I made such a bad beginning…” the younger girl began, thinking back to the feud she had had with the school during their first few months living in Switzerland .
“Goodness, are you still harping on about that?” Len exclaimed in surprise. “Forget it, Audrey. No one but you will be thinking of it, and if you worry about it, you won’t be able to give your whole mind to what you have to do. Besides,” she added, seeing from the look in Audrey’s eyes that she was by no means convinced, “you aren’t the only girl who’s made a bad beginning and gone on to better things; not by a long shot. Have you read the “Legends” book in the library? Then,” as Audrey nodded, “you’ll know about Elizabeth Arnett. Mama’s often said that she caused more trouble than just about anyone else during her wilder days , but she settled down and was an excellent Head Girl . And further back than her, Aunt Grizel wasn’t the most peaceful being during her first few terms , but she was also very good, I believe . And Mama, too, was wild and woolly to the extreme during her youth, and yet I’ve heard people say that she was the best Head Girl the school ever had . I’m sure you will do it, when you’ve thought about it for a while,” she went on breezily, as the pair approached Freudesheim, the Maynards’ home. “Why, it’s an honour to be asked.”
“Did you feel that way?” Audrey asked, with flattering eagerness.
“Definitely,” Len replied seriously, as they entered the garden. “You’ll have an easier time of it than I did, or a lot of other Head Girls, because about half of the other prefects, including your noble self, have already had a year of prefectship. Some years, all the prefects had to start completely from scratch. That’s what happened to my cousin, Peggy .”
“Well, thankfully that won’t be the case,” Audrey said, starting to feel happier about the whole situation and wondering if she would accept, a thing that had seemed almost impossible when she left the house.
The two girls were still standing in the gateway, and a car horn tooting made them look up and then wave vigorously as Miss Annersley drove the school’s little runabout past them, turning into the driveway towards the main school building.
“Come and have Kaffee und Kuchen,” Len invited her.
“We had lunch quite late,” Audrey said. “And I don’t know whether I should come uninvited.”
Len threw back her head and laughed. “Do you mean to say,” she giggled, when she had enough breath to speak, “you haven’t realized in three years that Mother doesn’t mind how many people she has around her?”
“Well, it’s not that exactly,” with sudden realisation, “but you three are all leaving soon, and your brothers will be going back to school, and so will the little ones…”
“Not all of them. Papa doesn’t think Phil should go to school yet, and we have Claire, who’s still too young to go to St. Nicholas every day. But it’s more than a week until we three leave, so you don’t have to worry about that. Come on,” she urged the girl, tugging at her hand. “I want my Kaffee und Kuchen, and nobody’s going to force you to eat if you don’t want to.”
Giving it up, Audrey followed Len up to the house, to be welcomed eagerly by Len’s triplet sisters and Ruey Richardson, who bustled her around to the rear of the house, where Felicity and Felix were setting out the meal. Jo appeared a moment later and greeted the girl warmly before sending Len and Margot to bring the younger children.
Cecil, who had developed an attachment to Audrey during the three years of their acquaintance, struggled out of Margot’s arms with a delighted yell and ran over to the dark girl. Hearing the noise, Bruno came tearing around the side of the house, barking wildly, the shock of which caused Jo to slosh tea out of the pot she was about to set down, flooding the cloth and several plates.
“Why is it,” Con asked airily, as she took a slice of cake and watched her mother and Len clean up the mess, “that things always happen when everyone’s home?”

 


#25:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:52 am


This is so good!

You know what I'm going to say now, KB ..........................................

 


#26:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 10:21 am


This is lovely KB! Loved Con's comment at the end!
Thank-you for remembering Marie-Claire Laughing
More soon please!

 


#27:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:40 am


Yay, this is great.

 


#28:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:03 pm


More please...

*and yes I know its the middle of the night where you are...*

 


#29:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:07 pm


Clearly I've been taking lessons from Pim and Vikki...

“I would have thought you could have figured that one out for yourself,” Jo told her, as Margot, who had fled back to the kitchen, came up with a fresh cloth and the news that Anna had started a fresh pot of tea.
Audrey, with Cecil sitting close beside her, since she wasn’t allowed to sit on her knee during the meal, accepted the cup Margot offered, but refused cake.
“We had lunch late because we’re busy packing,” she explained. “Mum’s going to move all our things down to the new house after we’ve gone back to school.”
“And then the Rutherfords will be back,” Jo put in, having managed to get a cup of tea and a slice of cake for herself by this time. “I hope they’ve all managed to recover by this time.”
“Oh, I expect so,” Dr. Maynard told her. He had appeared a moment or two earlier, with the new pot of tea. He got himself a drink and something to eat, and sat down. “Certainly Nina should be over the injuries from the car accident, and the others weren’t that serious. We’ll have to give Alix a thorough going-over to check for any lingering problems, but if she spends another year or two up here, she should be as healthy as anyone.”
“Oh, good,” Ruey exclaimed. She, along with the Maynard girls and many others at the school, had known about Alix Rutherford. “She’s had a really bad go, hasn’t she, with the TB and the car crash and everything?”
“She certainly has,” Joey agreed, before turning to Audrey. “Your mother said she’d found a place for you all. Have you seen it?”
Audrey nodded. “It’s lovely,” she replied. “It’s on the top floor of a building, but there’s an elevator for Daddy, so he won’t have to climb the stairs, and his room looks out over the lake.”
“What about for Peter Gardiner?” the doctor asked with interest.
“Oh, his looks out towards Jungfrau,” the girl said. “He can see a bit of the lake, too, as well as the road where there’s a market every Saturday morning, so he’ll have plenty to look at.”
“Excellent,” Jack said, as he drained his cup and rose to his feet. “Well, I have to get back. I’ve got several people I need to see. Jo, I’m not sure what time I’ll be back, but I’ll call if I’m going to be too late.”
His long legs carried him quickly over the green grass to the garage and shortly the group heard the sound of a car starting up. The conversation turned to their plans for the following day and lasted for the rest of the short meal.
When it was over, Audrey carried some of the cups into the kitchen and was lucky enough to find Jo alone, rinsing out the teapot.
“Mrs. Maynard,” she began immediately, “did you know about Ted?”
The woman turned, her black eyes soft as pansies, and smiled at the girl. “Indeed I did, my lamb. Miss Annersley told me this morning. I must say I think she did a jolly good job in deciding that you would be the one to take over from her.”
“So you think I can do it?”
“Don’t you?” Jo shot her a straight look. “I’d say you’ve got as good a chance as any of making a jolly good fist of it. Of course, if the whole idea is going to make you miserable, Miss Annersley must just choose someone else. But it’s not like you to expect the worst from a situation.”
Audrey fell silent, flushing at the gentle rebuke in Mrs. Maynard’s words. She was anxious about the responsibility of being Head Girl, but had to admit to herself that there was no real reason why she should avoid the task. She fought with herself for a moment before giving in.
“All right,” she said finally, looking at the woman opposite. “I’ll do it.”
“Good.” A smile appeared on Jo’s face. “You’d better run across and tell Miss Annersley now, and by then you’ll probably be needed at home.”
Audrey said hurried goodbyes and then walked across the grass, through the gate that separated Freudesheim and the school, and into the building through the main entrance. Miss Annersley’s office was the second door on the right, and as she passed the first, she could hear the clatter of a typewriter, suggesting that Miss Dene was already returned from her summer holiday.
Checking her appearance in a mirror at the end of the hallway, Audrey smoothed her hair and then turned resolutely to the door, knocking firmly.
“Herein.”
Entering, Audrey performed the regulation curtsey before looking up to see that the Head was smiling as she capped her pen.
“Audrey, my dear, come in. Sit down.”
“Thank you, Miss Annersley.” Audrey took the seat indicated, took a deep breath and then faced the Head. “I thought about your offer. I… if you’re really sure, I’d like to try.”
A smile crossed the Head’s face. “I’m delighted to hear it,” she said in her beautiful voice. “I hoped you would decide that. I know you’ll do a fine job of it, when you put your mind to it.”
“That’s what Mrs. Maynard said, and Len, too,” Audrey admitted.
“Then you should certainly be persuaded by now,” Miss Annersley laughed. “Both of them can be very convincing. And now,” she added, more seriously, “you had better start off for home. I know your mother needs help with packing the linen, and I believe you have some packing of your own to do.”
“Oh, yes.” Audrey jumped up. “Thank you, Miss Annersley. And I’ll… I’ll do my best. I promise.”
“That’s all we ask of you,” the Head told her. “That, and that you enjoy yourself, too. But I know you’ll do that.”

 


#30:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:10 pm


Wow, such prompt service! If I ask for more again will I get it so fast!!!

Thanks KB, this looks really good, glad Audrey decided to take on the role of Head Girl, but what does the term have in store for her?

More please... Wink

 


#31:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:14 pm


Well, you'll get a fast response. Whether it will always contain more story can't be guaranteed, I'm afraid.

 


#32:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:19 pm


This is great so far, glad Audrey decided to accept HG-ship.

 


#33:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 12:35 pm


Thanks for another fast response, more story would be appreciated though....So when do we get more KB?

 


#34:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:25 pm


I'm intrigued as to who the returning old girls are.

 


#35:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:35 pm


Yes it would be nice to know that too but KB seems to have gone to bed...

 


#36:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:36 pm


Bed? Who needs bed when there's drabble to be posted Question

 


#37:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:40 pm


Well we might think that but she's definately gone so we'll just have to set up camp here and strt chanting in th hope she doesn't sleep very long....

 


#38:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:49 pm


some of us already know!!!

 


#39:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 1:50 pm


Lucky you! no need to rub it in though....

 


#40:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 2:05 pm


This is so good K.B! It could be EBD writing, A&C must be complete and utter fools not to realise what they're missing out on!
*Am intirgued about old girls to*

 


#41:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 2:14 pm


It's mean about A&C.....but it does mean we get to read it now!

*chants at KB*

 


#42:  Author: LissLocation: Harrow, London PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 6:15 pm


Ooh, this is exciting - a whole book to go at! Please post some more soon. I've always been curious about what would happen after the trips left and I'm glad you've decided to tackle it. More please!!

 


#43:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 6:22 pm


I feel like I've just got a whole new EBD book to go at Very Happy Very exciting! I'm glad Audrey was persuaded, I think she'll do a brilliant job personally. Anyway, a wild beginning is practically a prerequisite for any decent CS Head Girl Laughing

Looking forward to more when it comes! Wink

 


#44:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:10 pm


Looking forward to more! Thanks KB.

 


#45:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:14 pm


Ted's behaviour before she came to the Cs was a lot worse than Audrey's, and she certainly reformed.

 


#46:  Author: NicciLocation: UK PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:21 pm


this is excellant KB, can't wait for more.
*also curious about the two old girls*

 


#47:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 9:41 pm


This has started really well, KB, but some more would be even better.

 


#48:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:03 pm


What, you think I'm going to tell you immediately who the two Old Girls are? Oh, you dear, sweet, naive people! *g*

Chapter II – Where’s The Head Girl?

A select group of Fifth Formers had managed to bag a compartment to themselves as the train left Berne, and they were busy discussing the holiday when the door opened and Carmela Walther, the Games Prefect, looked in. Being a popular person, she was greeted eagerly.
“Did you have a good holiday?” Jane Carew asked eagerly.
“Very pleasant, thank you,” Carmela replied with a smile. “How’s your mother, Jane?”
“Oh, she’s almost back to her old self,” Jane bubbled eagerly. Her mother, the famous Shakespearian actress Daphne Cibber, had been involved in a serious car accident three years earlier . “She finally started back on the stage again just last month. The doctors said it would too much for her before that, particularly as we can’t afford to get anyone in to help with the housework, and everyone else on the tour is too busy to do much. Isn’t it fabulous?”
“I’m delighted to hear it,” Carmela smiled. “Now, while I’m here, does everyone have everything, or did we leave something vital behind in Paris, like one of your friends?”
The girls giggled appreciatively at this.
“I think everything and everyone’s accounted for,” Jack Lambert said, after a quick glance around the other members of the Gang, of which she was the leader. “We’ve all got our night cases and lacrosse or hockey sticks. Umbrellas, too, I think.”
“Tennis racquets, as well, I hope,” Carmela said. “Or have you all decided to concentrate on other games this year?”
There was another giggle. Everyone had to play tennis, whether they liked it or not, although only those really good at it got extra time to practice.
“I’ve had a lot of practice with Blossom these hols,” Judy Willoughby, whose sister had been one of school’s best players, told the Games prefect. “They opened new hard courts near our house, and we were there almost every day.”
“Good.” Carmela smiled. “You know we’ll be looking for new people for the tennis pairs later in the year. Keep practicing and you’ll have a good chance of being selected, at least for second strings.”
“What about cricket?” Jack asked bluntly, this being her favourite sport.
“That, too, of course.” Carmela smiled. “You’ll know all about it when the term starts properly. I’ve heard we’re having a lot more new girls this term, as well, so that’s something to look forward to.”
With another parting smile, she left this to discuss this piece of news and headed for the special compartment that had been set aside for the prefects. On the way, she passed Heidi Brandt, one of the newly appointed prefects, who was checking on a group from the Lower IV forms that had gathered in another compartment.
The little girls looked up at the prefect, whose blond hair hung down her back in a thick plait, and greeted her eagerly. The older girl returned the greeting, singling out one face and smiling at her.
“Congratulations, Jennifer, a double remove!”
Jennifer Lester beamed back at her. “Mummy was thrilled,” she replied. “And Daddy, too.”
“I’m sure they were,” the prefect said, her intonation revealing her German background, although she was fluent in English after many years at the Chalet School. “And how about the rest of you? Had good holidays?”
“I spent three weeks in Cardiff,” Nancy Traviss said from her seat in the corner. “My aunt moved there during last term.”
“I went to London for a week,” Linda Mitchell offered.
Others offered details about their holidays before the prefect left the compartment and headed for the one where she had put her things, to join her fellow prefects.
Carmela was already there, as were Enid Matthews, Audrey’s great friend, and Eve Hurrell, both of who, had taken the coveted corner seats. Nina Kostam pushed her nightcase into the rack above the seats, before sitting down and producing a block of chocolate. Heidi sat down and accepted a square, seeing that her particular friend, Zita Roselli, hadn’t yet arrived.
The girls began to discuss the weather for the coming term, and whether the winter would come early or not. Eve was of the opinion that it would.
“Think about the unsettled weather we had all through the summer term ,” she reminded the others.
“You mean the storm when we lost half our playing fields?” Carmela asked. “I only hope that the Head and Miss Burnett have managed something better than we’ve had for the past year. We managed, using the Second XI pitch as a First, and rolling another, but it was a squeeze.”
“They’d already managed to find a way to shore up that unstable area when we left,” Eve said. “I overheard Burney talking to Ferry about that at the end of term. She said that we’d have a new pitch for the First XI, and then we could use the extra pitch for other things.”
“Like what?” Odile Paulet asked as she settled herself in a seat. “We’ve got two cricket pitches, two for hockey, one for lacrosse – what else do we need?”
“Well, you know,” Anne Lambert, older sister of Jack, offered quietly from her seat opposite, “in the school’s 25th year, we voted to have an outdoor pool that we could use all year , and Miss Annersley said last term that it was definitely going ahead. Maybe that’s what’s going to be built there.”
A delighted chorus greeted this suggestion. Two other prefects appeared. Zita squeezed herself in beside Carmela, and Lesley Anderson, another of the subprefects, took a place between Odile and Nina, when they both moved aside for her. They were told Anne’s suggestion, which they greeted eagerly.
“I’ll tell you something else,” Lesley put in. “A girl I know from my old school is coming here this term and she showed me the new prospectus. It mentions a pool that can be used all year, too.”
The delighted prefects discussed this with vigour and enthusiasm.
“I’ll say one thing,” Carmela suddenly said, and the others looked at her.
“Well, what?” Eve asked. “We’re waiting.”
“It’s going to make it a lot easier to do the trials for the Regatta this year, isn’t it? We’ll be able to do them really early without having to go all the way down to Lake Thun.”
“You’re a bit previous, aren’t you?” Zita teased. “That’s not ‘till the end of the year.”
“Well, we’ve got such a high standard to live up to from the previous prefects,” Carmela reminded them. “I don’t want everyone thinking we aren’t as good as our predecessors. I heard Ted saying something similar on the last day of term, after the Head announced she was going to be Head Girl this year.”
“But where is Ted?” Odile asked suddenly. “I don’t remember seeing her in Paris.”
The prefects exchanged startled glances.
“I haven’t seen her,” Enid offered.
“Nor I,” Heidi said, before turning to Nina. “Did you see her in Bournemouth?”
“Now that you come to mention it, no, I didn’t,” Nina replied in surprise. “I was looking after a few of the Juniors, but I was the only member of the Sixths to get on there this time.”
“She hasn’t left, has she?” Lesley asked, and was immediately howled down by the others.
“Of course not,” Enid burst out, when they had quietened down. “Why, she was talking about the ideas she had as Head Girl until she got off the train in London.”
“Maybe her mother wants her to leave.”
This was from Nina, and the others looked thoughtful. They all knew that Ted had never got on with her mother, and several, her closest friends, knew about her expulsion from one school and that she had been asked to leave several others. But after her first term at the Chalet School, which had been punctuated by fireworks , she had settled down into an ordinary schoolgirl, and had spent the previous two years as Second Prefect for both Rosamund Lilley and Len Maynard. Miss Annersley had offered her the post of Head Girl two years previously, but Ted had refused. This time, the Head hadn’t given her an option about accepting it, despite her qualms.
“But wouldn’t she have told us?” Eve asked. “No matter what happened, she would surely have let us know if she wasn’t coming back.”
“Well, we won’t solve anything by talking about it,” Carmela finally said, glancing at her watch and then undoing a bag that had been tied to her nightcase, “so let’s have some of this cake Mummy gave me for the journey.”
This idea was greeted with accord, and as Enid brought up the topic of the possible theme for the year’s Nativity Play, the prefects presently forgot Ted’s absence in their own concerns, discussing school matters until the train drew into Interlaken.
Aided by a mistress, each prefect took charge of a small group, seeing that they had everything before herding them out of the station and over to where the large buses waited. Soon they were settled inside and rolling up the great road that would bring them onto the Görnetz Platz.
When the buses pulled up inside the tall gates, the girls swarmed out onto the lawn, where they sorted themselves into forms. Those who knew where to go pulled new girls into place, and, after being greeted by Miss Annersley, the girls headed for their form splasheries.
The prefects and other members of the Sixth forms had just finished tidying themselves when Audrey strolled into the room, to be greeted enthusiastically.
“I have something to show you all,” she told them, when they at last quietened down. “We won’t be having Abendessen for another hour, so come and see what they’ve done during the hols.”
The forty-odd girls streamed out of the building, taking advantage of the fact that rules had not yet come into force to speak in whatever language they preferred, although most were now fluent in those languages that had been foreign to them when they had first come to the school. Some of the seniors, who had been directing the younger girls to their common rooms, hurried to catch up with their form-mates and particular friends.
Audrey led the group along the path and across the School’s Second Cricket XI pitch, which had done duty for First XI matches the previous year. Now, as the girls saw, another had been rolled out nearby, and Carmela and several others, equally keen on cricket, hurried over to examine it. As they were remarking on it, Miss Burnett and Miss Ferrars, came from the house to join them, and were immediately surrounded by a group of curious Sixth Formers.
“But what about that ground where the landslide happened and Erica Standish broke her foot two years ago? ” Odile asked above the noise of the others. “Is that yet safe?’
“Oh, completely,” Peggy Burnett assured her. “It’s been shored up and secured. But just to be on the safe side, the gardeners arranged a flowerbed over the top of it. They don’t expect anyone will fall down into it again.” She grinned at the memory of the alarm she had caused when she had disappeared down an unknown well at the Big House, after the ground in the Lower Fourth garden had given way beneath her, but didn’t explain her smile. “It’s safe enough.”
“Good.” Carmela cast a critical eye at the ground. “But doesn’t it extend beyond where we used to have the fence? I can see there’s been a new one put up.”
“Haven’t you taken them around to see it yet, Audrey?” Kathie Ferrars asked.
“Not yet,” the girl replied. “I thought they should see this first.”
“Well, you’ve only got twenty minutes until the bell rings,” the geography mistress warned. “Better hurry.”
“Oh, goodness.” Audrey glanced at her own watch and then around at her compatriots. “Come on, folks. There’s heaps to see.”

 


#49:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:09 pm


Lovely! Looking forward to more!

 


#50:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:31 pm


That was great KB. I'm looking forward to more.

 


#51:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:36 pm


Great KB. I can't believe it took them so long to notice Ted was missing, some friends!

 


#52:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Mon Mar 15, 2004 11:38 pm


Thanks K.B, can't wait to see what happens next!

 


#53:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:08 am


Me neither! Enjoying this immensely.

 


#54:  Author: James PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:13 am


I'm eagerly awaiting more too Smile

 


#55:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:49 am


Great KB.

Can you not publish independently or do you have to go through GGBP?

*glad we are getting the story*

 


#56:  Author: PollyLocation: Essex PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:52 am


More more more more more more more!!!

Please!

I really enjoyed that KB!! Very Happy

 


#57:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 3:21 am


really enjoying this KB

 


#58:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 4:49 am


*is glad everyone is getting a chance to read this, though it's a shame it won't be published!!*

 


#59:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 9:44 am


I think we're all feeling quite exclusive to be reading this. Cool It's really good KB. Keep it coming, please.

 


#60:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 10:46 am


This is wonderful KB!! Thank you very much, feel privileged to be reading it! So what have they been building behind the fence? The swimming pool?

 


#61:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:15 am


The group traipsed quickly over the ground, and as they rounded the corner of the house, there was a cry of delight as they saw the sun shining off the surface of a large swimming pool, which had been put in over the holidays.
“The School bought this block, you see,” Audrey waved in demonstration, “when the owner was going back to England after his wife died. The old ground that collapsed wouldn’t have been safe enough for a cricket pitch, so they were jolly lucky they could buy this. Then they decided to have the pool dug as well, rather than waiting until next year.”
“Thank goodness they did,” Louise Grünbaum, another of the prefects exclaimed. “I’m leaving at the end of this year and I really hoped it would be done by then.”
“Are you going to Millie’s?” Eve asked, referring to St. Mildred’s, the school’s finishing branch.
“For one term, yes,” Louise told her. “I begged hard and my father finally agreed, but after that I must go to university in Germany so that I can do the study I need to find a job.”
“Who else is going?” Zita asked, but Audrey broke in.
“We don’t have time to discuss this now, and the Head wants to see us for five minutes before we get ready for Abendessen,” she said. “The prefects, I mean. She asked me if you others would oversee the Middles and the corridors, as we may be held up.”
Those girls who were prefects immediately turned back to the house, while the others moved over to get a closer look at the pool.
Audrey led the way to the wing in which the Head had her study and living quarters, knocking on the door and entering with a curtsey at the sound of Miss Annersley’s voice, a move imitated by the other prefects. The Head Mistress greeted the girls with a smile.
“Thank you, Audrey,” she said to that person, and Audrey, whose cheeks were already flushing red, nodded, her eyes fixed on the rug. “Girls,” she continued to the others, “I have some news for you. Have any of you noticed that Ted Grantley hasn’t yet appeared?”
“We spoke about it on the train, Miss Annersley,” Zita replied. “Is there something wrong?”
“I’m afraid so,” the Head said. “A week ago, Ted came down with the measles.”
“Oh, poor Ted,” Henriette Zendl said sympathetically. “Miss Annersley, may we write to her during the term, at least until she comes back to school?”
“That is a very kind thought, my dear,” the Head smiled. “Certainly you may. If you bring your letters to Miss Dene, she can post them all together. But I’m afraid that Ted won’t be coming back to school at all. Mrs. Grantley has decided that Ted will go on to St. Mildred’s, instead of coming back here, when she recovers.”
There was a moment of stunned silence.
“But, Miss Annersley,” Enid finally asked, “who will take over as Head Girl, if she isn’t coming back?”
The woman smiled. “Audrey Everett has agreed to take over that post,” she said, and the colour in Audrey’s face deepened as fourteen pairs of eyes turned to examine her. “That leaves the post of Second Prefect unoccupied,” the Head went on, “and I would ask you, Enid, to take on that position.”
Enid looked startled, but managed to regain enough self-control to accept the Head’s offer prettily enough.
“As for the other positions,” Miss Annersley went on, “Carmela, you will remain as Games Prefect and the others will be organised at your first Prefects meeting, the timing of which you must arrange amongst yourselves. I will tell the school this at Prayers tonight. And now,” as the bell rang, “you must go and tidy yourselves for Abendessen. Thank you, girls.”
“Thank you, Miss Annersley,” they murmured, before filing out of the room and going silently along the corridor to their splashery.
Once there, however, they gathered around Audrey with enthusiastic congratulations, until she flushed with embarrassment.
“Oh, please,” she finally begged, unable to help laughing. “It might have been any of you. But as I am Head Girl,” she drew herself up to her full height, which was several inches above her fellow prefects, and the others giggled at the lofty tones she assumed, “I suggest we scarper to the Speisesaal, or the first order of business might be having to write out lines about the desirability of punctuality.”
More giggles greeted this flight of fantasy as the girls rushed to the sinks and their lockers for their combs. It was a neat and tidy group of prefects who finally entered the large room in which the School had their meals when the bell finally rang, to take their places at the Senior table or at the other tables to which they had been assigned.

 


#62:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:34 am


Ooooh, yay more! Thanks KB. Nice shiny new swimming pool, and glad to see everybody being happy for Audrey Very Happy

 


#63:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:57 am


Thank you KB - this is a story in the real CS genre. The two who shall not be named do not know what they are missing

 


#64:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:36 pm


Yay!! more of this so soon!!! Thanks KB!! Very Happy

 


#65:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 12:58 pm


Thanks KB. I'm not expecting to know about the returning old girls straight away, but when will we find out?

 


#66:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 1:07 pm


This is lovely K.B so realistic Very Happy
More soon please!

 


#67:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 4:03 pm


A nice new swimming pool, sounds fab to me. I'm glad everyone was happy for Audrey (and sorry for poor Ted, must be miserable having measles instead of being HG)

 


#68:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 5:33 pm


A & C must be mad to turn this down. Oh well, we get it, and they don't.

 


#69:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 6:34 pm


*agrees with everything that everyone has said*

 


#70:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 7:54 pm


Glad to see how much Audrey has grown since "Wins the Trick".

 


#71:  Author: ChloëLocation: London: when away from home planet! PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 10:38 pm


Yay thanks KB!

Looking forward to seeing how Audrey's changed

 


#72:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:35 pm


Sarah_L wrote:
Thanks KB. I'm not expecting to know about the returning old girls straight away, but when will we find out?


You get the first one now...

Chapter III – A New Mistress

The Protestant girls sat back on the banks that filled half of Hall as their Catholic counterparts entered through a doorway at the end of the long room and hurried to take their places. The entire school was waiting to hear what news Miss Annersley had for them. Many of the old girls used the few spare seconds to stare at an unknown woman, who was sitting among the other staff members. A number of the Seniors recognized her from the school’s Coming of Age , and her name was whispered among the upper forms, but the younger girls remained blankly ignorant.
When everyone was settled, Miss Annersley rose to her feet and approached the rostrum.
“Good evening, girls.”
There was a murmured response from around the room as the Head’s clear voice reached even the very furthest bench.
“I won’t keep you long, but I would like to welcome all those girls new to the School. We hope that you will be happy here. I also want to tell you all about one or two changes that have been made to the School since you went home at the end of the summer term.
“First of all, many of you will have noticed that we now have two proper cricket pitches again, and so we will be using them until the snows come. Of course, there’s also our new pool, which will be used throughout much of the term. During the next week, a roof will be constructed to protect it, and eventually we plan to enclose it completely, but that is still unlikely to be finished much before the end of term. However, the water will be warmed, so we will have swimming classes for some time.
“Also, there is our new sports pavilion. A covered walkway will eventually connect it to the main house, as similar ones do to the art rooms, laboratories and domestic science kitchens, but for the moment, as the weather is supposed to remain fine, it is not such a high priority. Should the bad weather come, you can continue to use Hall for your classes.”
The girls took advantage of her pause to applaud wildly. The Head smiled at their excitement, but held up her hand to quiet them.
“I have more to tell you. As many of you will remember, a group of Old Girls decided to provide the funds for a building to house the library and Sarah Denny museum . Unfortunately, the landslide and the need for a second cricket pitch meant that we were unable to use the land we had set aside for it. Now that we have this extra land, we propose to use the small chalet, in which Herr Michelmas lived, for that purpose. We have had shelves put into several of the rooms, dividing the library into junior and senior fiction and our reference section, as well as a room for staff books. Also, shelves and display cabinets have been built in the other rooms for the Elizabethan model, the Old English Inn, the houses from many nations, the fossils presented by Miss Charlesworth, the snake bracelet made of lava from Mount Vesuvius, the things Miss Ferrars brought us back from Copenhagen, and the curios and case of butterflies from the Amazon donated by Mary-Lou Trelawney. Now that we have more space, we hope to add to this collection.”
Those people who had been less enthusiastic about the pool and sports building showed their obvious delight at this future prospect. After a moment, the Head once more called for silence, before continuing.
“This year, we reintroduce a subject to the school, and with it, a new mistress. None of you will remember her time as a pupil , although many will have heard of her, but she is an Old Girl who also attended St. Mildred’s, the finishing Branch further along the shelf. Her name is Miss Gay, and she will be taking the Senior classes for woodwork. This is a new venture for the school, but we hope it will be a successful one, particularly when our Sale comes around at the end of the year.”
Those members of Inter V who had been Middles the previous term attempted a cheer as the rest of the school, and particularly certain members of the Seniors to whom this was an exciting prospect, greeted this news enthusiastically. The new mistress, whose hair was cut in a boyish fashion, grinned, shoving her hands into the pockets of the long pants she wore, her long legs stretched out under the chair in front of her. After another pause, Miss Annersley continued.
“In a moment, Miss Dene will read the form lists, but I will tell you all now that we have so many new pupils this term that we have been forced to create a new form. It is another senior form and will be called Inter Vb. Miss Wilmot will be Form Mistress.”
She smiled sympathetically at those girls who would be likely to make up that form, and who were clearly dying to hear whether they had achieved Senior status. The Head moved back to her chair and sat down as Rosalie stepped up to the rostrum and produced the long form lists. It took time for her to get through them all, particularly as she paused meaningfully at each buzz of noise that greeted an unexpected promotion, but finally she was finished, and Miss Annersley rose to her feet once more, smiling at the girls.
“Now that is all. Juniors, you are to go to bed at once. Middles have another half an hour, Seniors an hour, and Prefects another thirty minutes beyond that. Stand, girls.” She caught the eye of the mistress seated at the piano, and Miss Lawrence swung into a lively march as the school, form by form, left the room.

 


#73:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:40 pm


Enjoying this muchly!

 


#74:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:42 pm


Me too! *very intrigued as to who the old girls are*

 


#75:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:45 pm


Tom Very Happy I love her, I hope we see much more of her!

Nice to see the balance between the new sports facilities and the new Library and Museum, something for everyone, I'd prefer the Library personally Smile

Looking forward to the next bit (and the other Old Girl)

 


#76:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:45 pm


Thanks for more drabble K.B!
Never thought that one of the old girls would be Tom! Whose the other?

 


#77:  Author: NicciLocation: UK PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:47 pm


Hurrah, Tom's back!!

 


#78:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Tue Mar 16, 2004 11:55 pm


Yay! Tom is back. I always liked her.

 


#79:  Author: SugarplumLocation: second star to the right! PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 12:26 am


Thanks for posting this. I think A&C must be mad to turn it down. Its v realistic! Smile Hope we get some more soon! (hint hint!!)

 


#80:  Author: EllieLocation: Lincolnshire PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 12:30 am


I'm glad that everyone has the chance to read this sooner rather than later - but I agree that A & C need their brains testing for turning it down.

 


#81:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 12:33 am


Why did I not notice it was Tom??? It's taken four goes of me reading it to notice her name *having a 40-watt moment*

 


#82:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 12:34 am


*huggles pim and sends a stronger light-bulb*

 


#83:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 1:31 am


Thanks for the latest excerpt KB!

 


#84:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 8:55 am


One good thing about being marked 'mostly absent' yesterday is that there was lots of this to read this morning. How nice to have Tom back at the school! And what lucky CS girls to have woodwork classes.

I'm enjoying this story KB. It really rings true to the original series.

 


#85:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 11:06 am


I'm really enjoying this, as expected, and it does ring true as a serious CS

However, I suspect that one of the reasons A&C might not have accepted the idea is that they are incapable of deviating, however slightly, from "canon"

The last we hear of Tom is her work with the "boys" which I believe she was doing from a sense of Christian duty, charitable passion etc - I imagine that A&C have her nicely pigeon-holed with her "boys" and are therefore unable to accept her back at the school ..."
Do you have an explanation for why she has changed track, KB?
It would be interesting to see whether we, the common reader, accept the reason for Tom's return when A&C don't ...

 


#86:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 1:30 pm


It is a perfectly reasonable explanation, Rachael! Well in keeping with CS history.

 


#87:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 1:50 pm


I look forward to it! Very Happy

And the introduction of Old Girl nuber 2 - at least I know who that is, if not why .....!

 


#88:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 1:51 pm


Hurrah!!! I love Tom! And can't wait to see who the other old girl is........please tell soon KB!

 


#89:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 4:32 pm


Thank you for tyhe lastest bit KB. Glad to see one of the old girls is Tom. Waitibg to see her input into the school.

 


#90:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 10:46 pm


Explanations ahoy!

The mistresses relaxed as the school vanished through the large double doors, and then the Head turned to them.
“Staff meeting now,” she announced. “I’ve asked the Prefects to watch the girls, and we’ve had no chance to really talk about things, what with the train delaying everyone’s arrival.”
That had been a real headache. The mountain train, usually so reliable, had broken down two days before the staff were due to return, and it hadn’t been repaired in time for them to make the trip up to the Görnetz Platz. Therefore, the mistresses, when they arrived at the Interlaken train station, had to travel up to the school in the two school cars and the Maynards’ minibus, which had been borrowed for the emergency. Despite all this, however, it had been slow going, and by the time everyone had arrived, it had been too late for the usual meeting. They had managed a quick discussion of those mistresses who would help with escort duties, but that had been all, so they had a lot to make up for.
When the staff arrived in the large room, Mademoiselle began to make coffee while the younger staff members arranged chairs and a central table. Finally they were all able to sit down, each with a cup of coffee and a biscuit from a plate that stood in the middle of the table.
“First of all, is there anyone who still needs help?” Miss Annersley began, casting an eye around at the women responsible for various areas of the school.
“Stationery’s done,” Miss Dene announced. “I borrowed the Maynard triplets when I realised what was happening.”
“Haven’t they left for university yet?” Kathie Ferrars asked.
“Not for another few days,” Nell Wilson replied. “In fact, it’s another two weeks until the university actually begins, but they have to set up the rooms they’ve taken in Oxford and Edinburgh.”
“I could use some help moving the last of the gym equipment over to the new building,” Peggy Burnett put in. “I’m leaving half of it in Hall, of course, but not everything is done yet.”
“I’ll help,” Kathie offered. “Audrey Everett asked for some time tomorrow afternoon to have a prefects meeting, so I won’t need to accompany them on their ramble.”
Other mistresses put in pleas, and various staff were allocated to help. Then they turned to the subject of new girls.
“As usual, we’ve got a lot of new girls this term,” Miss Annersley said. “Only one for you, Rosalind.” She looked at Rosalind Yolland, Form Mistress of VIa. “Nicole Summer.”
“I thought our policy had been not to accept new girls over sixteen, after all the trouble we had with Naomi Elton, and Yseult Pertwee, and – oh, all the others,” Sharlie Andrews remarked.
Her Head smiled. “We’ve decided that we will consider special cases, and Nicole, along with most of our new Seniors, is a San connection.” She turned to Miss Yolland. “Her mother was brought here a month ago and, if things go well, Nicole will got on to St. Mildred’s after a year at school here.”
“What about her father?” Rosalind asked.
“He died when Nicole was a baby,” the Head told her. “Fortunately, Nicole seems to be a very sensible girl who isn’t going to fret overly much, but do keep an eye on her.”
As the mistress nodded, Miss Annersley went on to describe the other new girls for the rest of the Sixth forms before moving on to the Fifths.
“Rosemary,” she looked at Miss Charlesworth, who was form mistress for Upper Vb, “you have only one new girl – Natalie Trevanion.”
“Any delicacy or other behaviour to watch out for?” that woman asked.
“Nothing medical,” Dr. Eustacia Benson interrupted, before the Head could speak. “But she does seem to address everyone as a dear friend, no matter what the age.”
“Sounds like Mary Lou,” Kathie Ferrars said. “And how do you know, Stacie?”
“She’s the daughter of my cousin, Ned,” the Latin mistress replied. “And she is like Mary-Lou in that way, but unfortunately she lacks common sense.”
Miss Annersley waved down the discussion that seemed like it was about to begin. “We don’t have much time,” she reminded them. “We must get on.”
They got quickly through the rest of the long list, and then the mood relaxed a little. The Head went on to appoint special duties, including mistresses in charge of Senior and Junior libraries and various parts of the extended grounds, before turning to the newcomer.
“Many of you will know Tom Gay,” she declared, waving a hand at the tall woman who sat in one corner of the room. “She’s here to teach woodwork, as I told the girls, and will also help in some of the art classes.”
“I thought you’d be in London, Tom,” Sharlie said. “What brings you to Switzerland?”
“Dr. Jem’s orders,” the woman grinned. “When I went home for a visit at the end of August, Pater thought I didn’t look fully fit and, as I was going to visit Bride Carrington anyway, sent me off to him for a check-up. They found that I’ve got weakness in both lungs, so he sent me here to see if it could be prevented from developing into full TB. Dr. Jack kept me in San here for two weeks, and then I went to stay with Mrs. Maynard for a few days. I was bored stiff, so I thought I’d offer my services to Miss Annersley and see if she’d like to add woodwork to the curriculum again, like it was when I was at the school in Wales. I’m under strict orders about what I can and can’t do, though,” she added, her expression revealing her dislike of this limitation.
“And so you should be,” a small, wiry woman in a nurse’s uniform snapped from a nearby seat. “But why I wasn’t told about this, I don’t know!”
Tom cast an affectionate grin at the woman. “Matey, you only arrived last night and we’ve scarcely had time to breathe since then.”
“Well, you can come to me every evening, for at least the first two weeks, so that I can see you’re not trying to do too much. I know you, Tom.”
The room rang with laughter at this. Then Ruth Derwent piped up with a question. “But where are you sleeping, Tom? I didn’t see your name on the bath lists for any of the staff bathrooms.”
Miss Annersley answered this “As you know, we’re completely full up this term as far as the staff bedrooms go, so we converted several of the spare rooms in the new gymnasium complex into a small suite for Tom, with her own bathroom. It will also give her somewhere away from the noise of the school if she needs some peace and quiet.”
“And that’s a rarity in this place,” a voice interrupted from the doorway, and the staff turned to find Joey Maynard in the doorway.
She was greeted warmly and accepted a cup of coffee from Mademoiselle as she sat down with a smile at the room’s occupants.
“I have news,” she greeted them.
“You always do,” Nesta Davidson declared. “What is it this time? Any more grandchildren for the school?”
“No. It’s about an ex-mistress and a pupil – an ex-pupil, I should say.” She grinned. “Any takers?”
There were various wild guesses, but nobody got even close to the mark, as she told them in pitying tones when people ran out of possibilities.
“You get on and tell us and stop being rude,” Nell told her sternly. “And hurry up about it. I’ve got to get back to St. Mildred’s soon.”
“Oh, very well.” Jo fetched a letter out of her back and unfolded it. “This is from May Carthew. She’s in Dorset, looking after Ted Grantley.”
“But whatever happened to Mrs. Grantley?” Rosalie Dene demanded. “I know she’s never been too fond of Ted, but surely she’s nursing her.”
“Apparently not,” Jo said. “I’ll read you what Carty has to say.”

“My dear Joey.
“You’ll be surprised to find that I’m back in England already, as I had told you that I was planning to stay with Simone and Andre de Bersac until August, but I came as a result of a letter full of panic from Myra Grantley, telling me that Ted was sick and demanding my help. I was so anxious that I caught the first plane from Paris, so I was there quickly.
“She hadn’t bothered to tell me exactly what was wrong with Ted, and I was expecting all sorts of disasters, only to find when I got there that it was a simple case of measles!
“I nearly tore strips off Myra, but it didn’t make any difference, of course. She only ever hears what she wants to, and criticism is like water off a duck’s back as far as she’s concerned. Giving up on that, I went to see Ted, who was feeling pretty miserable, as you might imagine. She ran a temp. for the first few days, but is better this morning, although starting to feel very itchy!
“I passed Myra’s bedroom on my way back to the living room and found her, of all things, packing! When I asked what she meant by it, she told me that she had a boat to catch, as she had planned a cruise for the same time as Ted’s first week at school. She had promised a friend she would visit her in London for the week before the boat left, and she was off the following morning.
“I ask you, Joey, have you ever heard of anything more ridiculous or self-centred? Apparently, Ted was supposed to ask herself for a visit to a friend with whom she could spend the last few days of her summer holidays, and then go on to school from there.”

“What?” Hilda demanded at this point, sitting bolt upright. “Did she really think Ted would manage by herself like that?”
“It seems that’s exactly what she thought.” Jo looked thoughtful. “I know Ted is a very mature and competent girl, but I’d say the same thing about my own eldest three, and I wouldn’t trust them to manage that sort of thing on their own yet.”
“How are they going to manage in Oxford?” Jeanne de Lachennais asked.
“Madge is going to meet them there and help them set things up,” Jo replied. “I’ve told her to buy them whatever the girls need and we’ll pay them back.”
“Ah, je comprends. But do continue, Jo.“
Nodding, Joey found her place again and continued.

“When I asked her whether Ted knew of this plan, she murmured something that could have been yes, and then said that Ted hadn’t seemed very interested when she had tried to tell her the day before. I didn’t bother to remind her that, as Ted would have been coming down with the measles and was probably feeling pretty miserable, she wouldn’t have been able to take much in. It seemed like a total waste of my breath. Myra wouldn’t have listened anyway.
“But the end result is that I’m staying here with Ted until she gets over the measles. It could be quite a lengthy thing. She admitted to feeling a little pulled down before she actually fell ill, so she’s likely to need quite some time to build up her strength. I don’t think Nell Wilson should be counting on her arrival in Switzerland until at least half-term.
“Ted’s very disappointed about missing out on the final year at school, and I can’t help feeling that Myra’s being very selfish about that, too, but she’s determined that Ted will appear in society and all sorts of other things. I rather think Myra hopes that some wealthy baron will take a fancy to her and whisk her away, which would also give Myra herself a boost in social status. You know what I think of all that sort of thing, but some people still seem to believe that it’s important.”

“What a lot of nonsense,” Matron announced. “Who cares what ‘status’ a person is? It should be their moral character that matters most.”
A low murmur of agreement ran around the room. Snobbery of any sort was very firmly quashed at the Chalet School, which took girls from all spectrums of society, with many whose parents were unable to afford the fees on scholarships. Girls were encouraged to be proud of their parents’ achievements, no matter where they belonged in society, and to be as ambitious as they chose.

“Ted seems to be fortunate to be getting her year at St. Mildred’s at all,” Jo continued from the letter. “I think it was a real battle for her, and she probably only got this far by promising to go to all of the functions that Myra seems to think will be essential after she’s finished school.
“Incidentally, I also think that the improvement in Ted’s looks over the past four years has helped her mother to be more willing to introduce her into that sort of society. Even as ill as she is now, she looks like a different creature from the one who first came to the Chalet School. That hairstyle she had done last holidays while staying with you, Jo, has made such a difference to her! She’s really attractive now, and that wasn’t an adjective I would have used about her four years ago.
“Well, I must go. Ted should be about ready for lunch now, and I could do with something myself. It’s taken me almost the whole morning to get this written, because of various interruptions. Myra seems to have driven her cook almost to the point of resigning, and it’s taking a lot of talking on my part to get her to stay at least until Ted’s better. I seem to be spending half my life down there!
“Do let me know at this address what you’re doing. Incidentally, if Ted needs it, can we come to you for a few weeks? I know she’s always done better in the mountains than down here.
“Yours,
“May Carthew.”

Jo refolded the letter and slid it into the pocket of her skirt as Mademoiselle gave the coffeepot to Peggy Burnett to take around.
“Are you going to invite them to come and stay?” Hilda asked.
“Of course. I’m rather looking forward to it. With the triplets gone, the boys back and school and the little ones at St. Nicholas, I’m rattling around with not much to do.”
Stacie looked indignant. “So I don’t matter?”
Joey grinned at her. “Of course you do, my lamb, but you’re gone for most of the day, and that’s the time I’m talking about.”
“It’s no use,” Kathie told the Latin mistress witheringly. “You should know by now that you have to get up very early if you’re going to catch Joey.”
“Well I know it,” Stacie retorted. She stood up and looked at the two Heads. “Are we finished? If so, I think I’ll accompany Joey back to Freudesheim. I want to check over the last two chapters of my latest manuscript so that I can get it off to the publishers.”
“Yes, I think so,” Hilda said in answer to the first question. “Nell, you’ll be wanting to take your people back to Millie’s before it gets too dark, so we’ll let you go now. The rest of us can tidy up in here and start planning destinations for the half-term expedition this term.”

 


#91:  Author: KathrynLocation: Melbourne/Hamilton until 11 September PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 10:53 pm


Abi wrote:
Hurrah!!! I love Tom! And can't wait to see who the other old girl is........please tell soon KB!


Hee hee, I know. Interesting to sit back and watch the reactions when I know what is going to happen. You'll all enjoy it though and tongue to A & C for not publishing another bestseller.

 


#92:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Wed Mar 17, 2004 10:56 pm


Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh.

*wants to hammer Ted's mother* Poor Tom! *eebles* Whatever next???

 


#93:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 1:22 am


AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

I agree with pim Myra deserves to be hammer over and over again! Stupid woman and poor Ted Sad

 


#94:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 2:03 am


Poor Ted. You'd ahve thougt her Mother would have learnt by now.

 


#95:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 4:30 am


Thanks for that nice long bit.

Did I imagine things or was the identity of the second old girl given (reading between lines) in that bit?

 


#96:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 7:35 am


That depends, Chelsea. Who do you think it was? Not that I'm going to tell you if you're right, but I'd be intrigued to know who you think it might be.

Chapter IV – A New Year For The Maynards

The following day dawned bright and hot. Erica Standish, now fourteen and the eldest of the group that would leave Freudesheim to go to the Chalet School, glanced impatiently at her watch and then back up the stairs.
“Cecil!” she called impatiently. “Geoff! Are you ever coming?”
Felicity Maynard, four years younger than Erica, was already at the school, having left half an hour earlier to catch up with her friends, but Erica had promised Jo that she would take the youngsters to St. Nicholas, the school’s Kindergarten, for the first few days, until they could find their own way.
The two young children came clattering down the stairs at this juncture, and Erica immediately swept them across the garden to the gate that separated the house and the school. She was impatient to catch up with the rest of her friends, known in the school as “The Crew”, who would this year grace form Upper IVa, and so she wasn’t happy about the slowness of the two young Maynards.
A thorn in that young woman’s side was that her promise to her guardian meant she wouldn’t begin as a boarder at the school until the following week. Her secret delight at being the eldest from Freudesheim, and the fact that she was trusted enough to carry out the task of taking care of the younger children, had been tempered by the fact that she would miss out on spending the free time her form had in the evening with her friends.
“But my lamb, you’ll have all the rest of the term with them,” Joey had said briskly, having quickly realised where the core of Erica’s complaints lay. “I’m not asking you to do it for the whole term, just the first week, so that Geoff and Cecil get to know where they’re going and won’t be worried about being there. It’s not much to ask for, is it?”
There was nothing Erica could say in response to that, considering what the entire Maynard family had done for her, but she continued to indulge in private grumbles, particularly as neither Geoff nor Cecil, who were sociable little people, showed any inclination to nervousness.
Felicity, on the other hand, was quite glad to have the extra few days with her mother. She was very much a home-bird, although she loved school, but it always took her a few days to get over the fact that she didn’t see her mother every day when she was a boarder.
Joey had felt that Cecil and Geoff were too young to board, as many of their classmates did, but it remained to be seen whether her views on that would change when the weather turned bad.
Phil had seen her twin brother go off that morning with obvious sadness, and even as the trio was crossing the green lawn, Joey was up in the playroom, using the small girl’s feelings as a spur to her recovery. Polio had left Phil weak in her legs and arms, and even now, more than a year after first coming down with the disease, she was still recovering. But, as her mother told her, the sooner she began to eat everything that was put in front of her, and did her exercises without complaining, the quicker she would be able to join her twin at St. Nicholas.
Len was busy checking through the things she had packed into her nightcase. She and her triplet sisters would be leaving the following day for England. Glancing around, she picked up one of the last books that still lay on the small bookcase that stood beside her bed, and which was now almost empty, and put it on top of the rest, before closing the lid and fastening the catches. Her long chestnut ponytail hung down her back, the ends neatly trimmed, as she and her sisters had gone down to Interlaken the day before to have their hair cut and teeth checked.
“Got everything?” Jo’s musical voice asked from the doorway, and Len turned to smile at her mother.
“I think so.” Len suddenly giggled. “At least we’ll have enough kitchen things, anyway.”
Jo joined in her daughter’s laughter. The previous week, Anna, who had been with the Maynards since Jo’s marriage to Jack , had produced a full set of pots and pans, as well as measuring jugs and a collection of assorted pieces of cutlery and crockery. When the family had exclaimed at the collection, Anna explained that she had been keeping it for just this occasion. The next day, she boxed it all up, with help from the triplets, and sent it off to the apartment Lady Russell had taken for Len and Con in Oxford.
Con and Margot came in with a bundle of clean clothes each from the laundry, and Con immediately tried to cram them into her already full case. Margot grinned at her sister.
“It’s no go, Con,” she said finally. “They won’t fit. Here, put them into Len’s case. She’ll have room.”
“When you’ve quite finished making so free with my belongings,” Len remarked, as their mother disappeared out of the room. “What have you got Con? Let’s see.”
The girl brushed back a strand that had come loose from her thick black pigtail and handed over the last few things, which Len tucked neatly into a spare corner of her case.
“I think that’s the lot,” Margot exclaimed.
“I hope so,” Len said, with a giggle. “Or we’ll have to take a second place for everything.”
Con gave her sister an indignant look and then joined in the giggle as she locked her case. “Well, that’s that. Are we done?”
“We are,” Margot told her. She eyed the three cases. “We’re lucky that most of it was sent ahead last week. I wouldn’t want to be running between trains and the ferry with the cases we packed last Friday.”
“Nor me,” Con agreed, looking around. “Well, what shall we do now?”
“Why don’t we take our books down to the garden? I heard Mama say that she wanted to see to Erica and Felicity’s trunks before Gaudenz comes to take them to the school later, so we can look after Phil and Claire until lunch,” Len suggested.
This idea was met with acclaim and the girls headed downstairs to find their mother and suggest it to her. When Joey gratefully agreed, Con went to fetch their books and three deckchairs while the others brought the two babies down to the garden with several favourite toys, and Carla von Flügen, once a member the Chalet School and now Joey’s latest help since Maria Marani’s marriage , carried out their playpen before returning to the kitchen to help Anna.
The two eldest Maynards were going to Oxford together. Len, as she had planned for years, was going to get her degree in modern languages. She hoped that, in a few years, after all of the girls who had been at the school with her had left, she could get a post there. In the interim, she hoped for a place at one of the smaller schools in England or Switzerland, but that would depend on her marks and the situation once she finished her degree.
Con was going to complete a degree in English language and literature, aiming for an eventual job in journalism. She had inherited her mother’s gift of writing, but she was aware that success might not come immediately. For that reason, Con had decided to go to university and begin work on her first proposed novel, an historical one, at the same time. It would also, as she explained to her mother, give her access to a wonderful range of sources about her chosen subject.
Margot was going to study medicine in Edinburgh, and would be living with several other Old Chalet Girls. Her eventual aim was to become a medical missionary, an idea that had surprised many of her classmates. But making the decision had made life easier for Margot and those around her. She had been relaxed and cheerful for the months of the holidays, even as the time drew near for the new school term to begin and her sisters had been somewhat mournful at the fact that their schooldays were over. Her temper, which had been so easily roused for her entire life, seemed to have finally been conquered. The fact had not gone unnoticed by either her parents or her triplet sisters, but nobody had said anything.
The three girls, with their sister and the latest adopted member of the family settled down under one of the large trees in the garden. Claire, or Marie-Claire de Mabillon, to give her her full name, had become a part of the Maynard’s extended family two years earlier, after the death of her mother in a train smash . Her father had been killed in a flying accident when the baby was about a year old. Although her late father’s family had initially seemed eager to have some say in her future and upbringing, they had eventually decided to leave it to the Maynards, although an account had been set up by the de Mabillon family, which would be accessible to Claire when she turned twenty-one.

 


#97:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 8:37 am


That's really enjoyable, KB. I'm loving hearing the next bits of the Maynards' lives. I do hope this is a long, long, book Laughing

 


#98:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 8:40 am


*lol* It's 21 chapters - will that do you?

 


#99:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 8:55 am


Thank you KB - really enjoying this! Think A & C have missed out on a best seller!! Laughing

 


#100:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 10:46 am


Aah - now I understand! Poor old Tom - of all the people to develop weak lungs!! Bet she was livid!

Loved Carty's letter and giggling at Ted's transformation into an attractive creature!

 


#101:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 11:50 am


Poor Tom, can see she;ll be pushing all the boundaries of what she's allowed to do!!! Liked seeing the Maynards at home too.

hope theres more of this soon and 21 chapters means there's lots more to look forward too!!

 


#102:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 12:17 pm


I can see Tom working herself too hard throughout this term. And yippee, I've got lots of story to look forward to. Very Happy

 


#103:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 1:03 pm


Yay, thank you KB! Can't wait to hear more about the Maynard family and about Tom especially.

 


#104:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 3:08 pm


21 chapters!!! Yippee!!! Lots more to look forward to Very Happy Very Happy Very Happy

 


#105:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 4:48 pm


This is terrific, KB. So typical of what we already knew about Ted's mother. What a woman. Eagerly awaiting the next part(s).

 


#106:  Author: AlexLocation: Home again PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 6:40 pm


Small voice: I know this is nitpicking KB, but wouldn't the Len and Con have their hair "up"?

But it is very good Very Happy Poor old Tom.

 


#107:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 7:52 pm


Thanks K.B!
Can't wait to see how this develops Laughing

 


#108:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 10:17 pm


Alex wrote:
Small voice: I know this is nitpicking KB, but wouldn't the Len and Con have their hair "up"?


Maybe in public, but I'm not sure they could bother at home...

In Erica’s bedroom, Jo finished packing the last of the girl’s underwear, checked that everything was there according to the school’s comprehensive inventory, and then closed the case, leaving it standing at the end of the bed. It would be taken to the school after lunch, with Felicity’s. Usually, they would have unpacked the previous day, but the problems with the trains that had held up the staff meant that no one would have been available to oversee them, and as Joey had been driving the minivan back and forth, she had had no time to pack then. All of the older Maynard girls had been roped in to help with the many things that needed to be done before term began.
Gaudenz would come around for the trunks that evening and deliver them to the school. Erica and Felicity would join their friends in unpacking the things into their cubicles the following day, which would be used a week later when they became proper borders.
Jo had already phoned the school and knew that Miss Annersley was free for this period. Jo had some news about an ex-pupil that would interest the Head Mistress. She went down the stairs and took a hat off the hook near the door to protect herself from the sun that was beating down. In the garden, she saw the girls under the tree and wandered over to them.
“I’m going over to the school to see Auntie Hilda. I’ll be back for lunch, though.”
“Will Papa be here, too?” Con asked.
“I doubt it,” Jo replied. “He’s going to be very busy today to make up for taking time off tomorrow so that we can take you down to the Interlaken Bahnhof. Incidentally, we’ll treat you to something good for Kaffee und Kuchen, too. And I understand Anna’s baking something nice for you to take on the train.”
Leaving them with a nod, she went through the gate Jack had made in the hedge between the two properties and made her way into the main building through the front door. Rosalie was just coming out of her office and gave her a comradely grin.
“You’re in luck. Nell Wilson also has this time free and can listen to whatever tale you have to tell them. She’s just finished Upper Vb and will have Lower IVa next class.”
“Good.” Jo looked satisfied. “I think they’ll both be interested. They both knew everything there was to know about what went on.”
“When?” Rosalie asked. “And who is this person anyway? You still haven’t told me.”
Jo chuckled in her most maddening fashion. “You can come in and listen if you like.”
Without waiting for a reply, she knocked on the door of the Head Mistress’s room and, hearing Miss Annersley’s voice, opened it, leaving Rosalie in the hallway. She heard the secretary grumbling as she returned to her room, and so Jo’s smile was a little broader than usual as she closed the door behind her.
“Well, Jo,” Nell Wilson said almost blandly, “what is this news that you seem so eager for us to know about?”
The black-haired woman sat down and shook out the skirts of her dress before brushing a piece of fluff off her shirt. She knew that the two women seated opposite were waiting for the information she had for them, but also that, after knowing her for so many years, they wouldn’t push her, being aware that to do so was the best way to make her go silent.
Finally she looked up at them. With the bright sunlight streaming in through the window, the faint streaks of auburn showed through the poudre appearance of Nell Wilson’s hair. Hilda Annersley’s keen grey eyes were fixed on her former pupil, and as she met her gaze, Hilda spoke.
“We aren’t going to push you, Jo, as you should know by now, so you might as well get on with it as not.”
Giving in, Jo shifted slightly in the chair before she began to speak. “Jack told me today that he got a report from Sir James Talbot in London. Apparently Captain Lovell went to see him.”
“I take it that, if Jack was told, he has TB,” Nell said, her expression suddenly serious. “How far gone is it?”
“Pretty far, I’m afraid.” Jo sighed. “The worst part, though, is that the Sans, both here and in Wales, are full. We even have a waiting list here, and from what Jack said, it doesn’t sound like Captain Lovell will live long enough to make it worthwhile him going on it, even though he’d be a priority case.”
Both women looked somber. Having lived so close to the San for so many years, they knew how bad TB could be, particularly in its later stages.
“Poor Annis,” Hilda murmured. “She’s had an unhappy time over the past year or so.”
“What do you mean?” her co-Head asked.
“Well, you remember she married and moved to Australia with her husband? They ran a sheep farm in New South Wales. But about a year ago, her husband died. An accident on their property, I believe. The worst part, though, was that Annis had just discovered that she was pregnant. She had to turn to and take on a great deal of the work. It was shearing season, and there wasn’t enough people to help her. She lost the baby about six weeks after losing her husband. And now, if her father is really so ill…”
There was a prolonged silence following this pronouncement. Then Nell looked at Joey.
“Do you know if Annis is with her father?”
“I believe so. Jack said he thought his friend told him Annis came with her father. She would,” Jo added suddenly. “Ever since that business with that horrible woman, Margaret Bain, Annis has been devoted to her father. She wouldn’t leave him to have to face this on his own. She’s become a very responsible and sensible woman. Probably that cliff-climbing exhibition of hers had a lot to do with it. ”
“I dare say,” Miss Annersley said. “Well, I hope Annis gets in touch with the school if she needs help. We’ll certainly do everything we can for her.”
“Oh, definitely,” Miss Wilson agreed. Then, as a bell rang, she glanced at her watch. “Well, I’m due for a class now, so I must be off. Hilda, I believe you have something, too.”
“I do indeed. Joey, will you go back home?”
“I might see if I can catch any prefects around,” Jo replied. “I want to extend my usual invitation to the new girls.”
“I believe the prefects are having a meeting now,” Hilda told her, as Nell disappeared out of the room. “Give them an hour or so and then go up to their room. They need time to arrange the positions for this year.”
“Will do.”
Jo selected a book of her friend’s bookcases and went out through the large French windows to find herself a warm place in the sun to read.

 


#109:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 10:28 pm


Oh no, poor Annis Sad

 


#110:  Author: ravenseyesLocation: New Zealand PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 10:30 pm


This is really good. Am enjoying it heaps Very Happy

 


#111:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 10:45 pm


Isn't it nice having a drabble where the plot bunnie is no longer in control! We know this is all written and all we have to do is persuade KB to post regularly!

I'm really enjoying this KB. *ingratiating grin*

 


#112:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 11:03 pm


I planned to post about a chapter a day...

 


#113:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Thu Mar 18, 2004 11:59 pm


Awww poor Annis Crying or Very sad
Looking forward to more K.B!

 


#114:  Author: EllieLocation: Lincolnshire PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 12:16 am


It's just as good in instalments as in one go, a chapter at a time sounds good - but then, I know what's going to happen.

 


#115:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 12:27 am


Thank you KB - poor Annis!

 


#116:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 12:28 am


Ellie wrote:
It's just as good in instalments as in one go, a chapter at a time sounds good - but then, I know what's going to happen.


But Ellie - we don't know what is happening in 'Tensions' do we?!!

 


#117:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 1:12 am


I like how you've dropped hints about previous happenings into your story - very EBDish.

This is really good KB!

 


#118:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 1:30 am


Oh poor Annis Crying or Very sad That's got to be about the worst year anyone could have to deal with!

 


#119:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 4:09 am


Poor Tom and Poor Annis.

Looking forward to more soon.

 


#120:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 9:56 am


All right, here you are! For those who haven't read "Prefects", here is a brief summary of the action!

Chapter V – The Prefects Meet

Audrey swallowed hard before entering the Prefects sanctum, seeing that several other girls were already there. Enid Matthews was in the Second Prefect’s tradition seat at the Head Girl’s right hand, with Carmela Walther sitting opposite and others at various places along the table. Paper, pencils and a box divided into small compartments, as well as the Record book lay in front of Audrey’s seat, and Enid had some paper and a pen to take down anything that might warrant further discussion.
The Head Girl had just seated herself, not without some inner qualms, when the door opened and the five remaining prefects hurried in.
“Sorry to be so late, Audrey,” Zita Roselli apologised meekly. “But Miss Moore kept us talking.”
“That’s all right. We were just about to start. Sit down and then we can begin.”
As they found seats, Audrey turned to Enid. “Will you read last term’s report? ”
The Second Prefect loudly cleared her throat as she stood up and opened the book to the relevant page. Her voice began a tone or two higher than normal, but gradually came down as she settled into the task, speaking English, which was the official language of the day.
“Last term, the first Evening was hosted by the prefects and consisted of paper games. It was suggested that, as some of the more original ideas were popular, they should be considered for other Evenings or if we need to entertain the school during bad weather.”
“Particularly that one about giving the meanings of people’s names,” Henriette Zendl suggested. “And the quotations from nursery rhymes. That one was horrible!”
Zita grimaced as she nodded. “They certainly weren’t popular, although they were a lot of fun. We must include them if we have another night like that.”
“And that’s more likely than not, in this weather,” Audrey put in. “Keep going, Enid.”
The girl nodded and looked back down at the report, which was written in Ted’s neat script. “It was decided that the Sale would have the theme of ‘Seasons’, and also that, as many of the dresses had been destroyed in the fire during the previous term, most would have to be made from scratch out of crêpe paper.
“We went down to Lake Thun for bathing quite early, as the weather was very fine. We got to use motorboats for the first time, and Miss Ferrars managed to prevent a serious accident.
“Fraulein Hamel gave the school a present of a lot of fabrics from her father’s store in Innsbruck, and they were used for more clothes for the Sale. Mademoiselle has promised that sewing classes will use the remaining fabric to create new costumes, so we should have a good selection of clothes by the end of term, particularly for the Nativity Play that Mrs. Maynard has said she will write for us.
“Half-term expeditions were to different parts of Switzerland. A group from the two Upper IV forms were responsible for the capture of a burglar and had to attend the Zurich Court of Justice the following week to give their testimony about what happened.”
Enid stopped at this point to gurgle with laughter of the remembrance of the school’s excitement over this episode, and her fellow prefects laughed with her. Finally gaining control of herself, Enid continued.
“The issue of motor boats arose in the second half of the term, possibly as a result of the adventure earlier in the term. The Head squashed the idea…”
“…and asked us to do so this term, too,” Carmela put in. “She thinks it’s much too dangerous and expensive, and that too few parents would be interested in paying for it to make it worthwhile. We’re to be nice but firm about it.”
A murmur of agreement ran around the table at this. Several Middles, most noticeably Jocelyn Marvell, had made pests of themselves about this issue for some weeks, and nobody wanted the experience repeated.
“A group of girls went along to the Auberge and had a nasty incident when water flooded the nearby riverbed,” Enid went on. “Luckily Dr. Entwhistle was nearby and warned us in time.”
Those girls who had been present for that incident shuddered, and Audrey turned pale. Enid shot her a sharp glance and hurriedly continued.
“After this, a sickness spread through the school. We still don’t know what it was. As a result, the Regatta was cancelled.
“Three weeks later, we had exams. The night before the first one, some of the Middles planned to have a midnight feast with some tuck that Carlotta von Eschenau had smuggled into the school. The eight girls who were to have taken part were punished by Miss Annersley, but the fact that they planned to have a midnight feast in the garden was kept secret from everyone except those prefects who were responsible for a girl as part of the punishment.”
“And if we see any signs of the little dears doing anything like that again, can we choke them off as soon as possible?” Eve Hurrell, one of those who had been involved, demanded. “It was the utter edge having to have them tag around with us for almost a week. If we can prevent it again, I’d be very glad.”
“Hear, hear,” Carmela, the only other person in that situation, agreed. “Let’s try to keep the Head off punishments that also punish us.”
“You suggest it to her then,” Audrey offered with a grin. “We’ll stand by to pick up the pieces when she’s finished with you. But now, let’s get through this.”
“Minette gave birth to seven kittens,” Enid read, as Carmela pulled a face at her friend. “Then came preparations for the Sale. We made confectionary and helped to set out the stalls. The Sale was a great success. Tom – Miss Gay, I mean – sent her usual offering, this time of an Old English Inn. It was won by Matron Lloyd and raised one thousand and five francs. Ted Grantley had suggested that we set up a place for children to be taken care of by groups of Seniors and Matrons. It was very popular, and is to be included in future Sales. Minette sold some of her kittens, which went to their homes a couple of weeks after we left for the holidays. The grand total of money taken at the Sale was almost four thousand francs.
“The last event of the term was a flood that stopped the trains, but we still got away to meet trains to take us home. And that’s it,” she finished up, sitting down and looking at Audrey.
“What a term!” Maria Zinkel exclaimed. “We must hope that this term will not be so bad.”
“We can hope, I suppose,” Henrietta said. “But Middles do not change, it seems to me.”
“Oh, of course not!” Odile Paulet replied, and then cast a sly grin at various people around the table. “But, as not all of us were angels at the same age, we should know what to look for.”
“That’s not possible,” Nina Konstam complained. “They break out in the most unexpected places.”

 


#121:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 10:14 am


Looking forward to seeing what the Middle's first problem for the prefects will be!

 


#122:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 11:21 am


oh yes lots of naughty middles, how fun! And a chapter a day means three weeks of this drabble!! Very Happy

 


#123:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 1:06 pm


Oh poor Annis, that's tragic!

I hope the school is able to help her when she comes - looking forward to finding out in what capacity ....

 


#124:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 1:15 pm


poor Annis. What a horrendous time she's had.

 


#125:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 2:57 pm


Must remember to read this properly! I thought Ted had had an entire term as Head Girl - didn't realise this ran directly on from Prefects!

Excellent - thanks KB!

 


#126:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 3:49 pm


Another great chapter.

*also looking forward to the middles latest

(on the 'innocent until proven guilty' thing - we don't actually knowt that the middles will do anything, they could be angels all term)

 


#127:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 4:44 pm


Poor Annis, what a dreadful time for her.


Looking forward to more of this, KB, and seeing what the naughty middles come up with.

 


#128:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Fri Mar 19, 2004 10:40 pm


*really wishes A&C had decided to publish this!*
Still, tis their loss!!

 


#129:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 12:59 am


really enjoying this KB.

*thinks Chelsea is livingin fantasy land* Very Happy

 


#130:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 3:32 am


Thanks for the chapter KB. Also wondering what the middles will get up to!

 


#131:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:00 am


Had every intention of reading this like a proper book instead of in bits and pieces, but

*shocking lack of self control*

have given in.

So far, it looks as though I'll be happy to read it all over again once it's complete!

(Also convinced myself I deserve chocolate cupcakes from the machine and logging in from work, since it's 11 p.m. and everyone else has gone home.)

 


#132:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 6:53 am


It sounds like it, Kathy! Poor you!

At this point, Audrey banged her hand on the table. “We don’t have time for this sort of discussion now,” she reminded her compeers. “We have to appoint posts and set up people to take prep before the bell rings. And it’s only thanks to Miss Ferrars that we got this time off, let me remind you, so let’s get on with it.”
Enid had begun to hand around slips of paper and pencils while her friends were talking and they were all supplied by now.
“First,” Audrey told them, “we’ll vote for Library prefect. We’re going to need someone for Junior, too, and that will be whoever gets the second most votes.”
The girls thought and then wrote quickly. They got through the voting process rapidly enough and then Enid and Anne Lambert took the box over to the broad windowsill to sort the votes. While they got on with the job, Audrey began on prep duties. That took a little doing, and by the time it was arranged to most people’s satisfaction, the counters were finished. Eve handed her friend a page with the names on it and sat down again.
“Library Prefects: Eve Hurrell and Heidi Brandt,” Audrey announced. “That’s for both Senior and Junior. You can choose whatever you prefer, but discuss it later and let me know by the end of the day so I can tell Miss Annersley.”
As they nodded, she looked down at her page again. “Magazine Prefect: Louise Grünbaum.”
The German girl nodded. She had helped Con Maynard with ‘The Chaletian’ the previous year, and guessed that it would probably fall to her this time.
“Bank Prefect: Nina Konstam. Music: Zita Roselli. Stationary: Henrietta Zendl. Hobbies: Maria Zinkel.”
“Do I have a helper?” Maria asked.
“Not this term.” Audrey grinned at her. “You know we never do much the first term of the year. But next term we’ll probably have to appoint someone.”
Maria nodded composedly and the Head Girl continued with her list.
“Juniors Prefect: Anne Lambert. Staff: Odile Paulet.”
“But what is that?” Odile asked. “What must I do?”
“We’ll go into that later, if you ask me. Time’s flying as it is.” Audrey finished off with glances at the subprefects. “You folk have no special jobs, but we call on you when we need you. I was told we’d probably need someone to keep an eye on the outside buildings, but I don’t know enough to appoint anyone yet.”
“What about a second Games prefect?” Carmela asked.
“Not this term,” Audrey replied, having been prepped for this by Miss Annersley. “We don’t get that much time for Games this term, particularly if the snows come early, but you can ask any of us for help if you need it.”
“I suppose that will have to do and,” Carmela added, brightening considerably, “we’ll be using the new pool and sports pavilion, so I suppose we’ll concentrate on those for this term, while it’s still a bit of a novelty, and then go back to hockey and laxe and things next. We don’t get much in the way of challenges and things this term anyway.”
“So what now?” Evelyn Ross, one of the subprefects, asked. “Do we have anything more to arrange?”
“What about our first evening?” Natalie Henson, another subprefect, suggested. “When is it?”
“Not until after half-term,” Audrey told her. “Upper IVa has the first one, next weekend, and I think they’re giving a concert. I overheard some talk between a few of them earlier. Apparently they were discussing it with Miss Moore this morning – she’s their form mistress this year.”
“Well, that lightens our labours considerably,” Enid sighed in obvious relief. “All we have to do is keep an eye on the Middles and perform our own tasks. Couldn’t be simpler.”
A chuckle from the doorway drew the girls’ attention there, and more than one sprang to her feet at the sight of the black-haired woman who was in the act of closing the door behind her.
“Mrs. Maynard!” a chorus of voices exclaimed, and Lesley hurried to pull up another chair.
“Well, it’s lovely to see you all again,” she told them when she was sitting down at the head of the table. “Did everyone have good holidays?”
The prefects enthusiastically assured her of the fact, and then Jo turned to the reason for her visit.
“I’ve come to issue my usual beginning-of-term invitation,” she announced. “Have we got the usual masses come to join us this year?”
“I think Miss Annersley told me there were forty new girls, including your own pair of Geoff and Cecil,” Audrey told her. “Most of them are for the Juniors and St. Nicholas, of course. But there’s six for the Seniors and ten for the Middles.”
“Well,” Jo said thoughtfully, “forty is a little too much of a mob, so I think I’ll have the Seniors and Middles together, and the Juniors another time. With the friend that each one will bring, that’s thirty-two, and that’s plenty at one time.”
“You’d better hope it’s fine weather,” Audrey giggled. “Not even Freudesheim – and goodness knows, it’s big enough, could hold all that lot for long. You’d have them hanging out the windows.”
The others joined in, as did Joey, her musical peal of laughter ringing out over theirs. Then she turned to Enid with a grin.
“Did I hear you saying something about taking care of the Middles being easy? What on earth has happened to the school over the holidays to make you think that’s the case?”
Enid flushed as she replied. “They couldn’t possibly go on being pests forever, Mrs. Maynard. And I can’t think of a single solitary term that I’ve been at the school when they haven’t done something to upset the school!”
“Don’t you believe it,” Jo told her slangily. “They never seem to run out of energy to make mischief. Even the most model Junior becomes a troublesome Middle as soon as she reaches the age of twelve.”
“But surely there isn’t much more they could do,” Heidi Brandt said. “They’ve done just about all they could do, including breaking almost every rule the school has, at one time or another.”
“Oh, there are some imaginative creatures among those little girls,” Mrs. Maynard said, and how the Middles would have fumed at hearing themselves described like that. “You never know where they’ll break out next.” She stood up and looked at the Head Girl. “Audrey, will you ask them to arrange their special friends, and you and Enid can bring them over on Saturday evening. The Juniors can come the following week.”
“Does Miss Annersley know?” Enid asked.
“Of course. I told her about it before.” Joey put her hat on and headed for the door. “You’d better start tidying up here. The bell will go any minute, and you’ll all have to scurry along to the Speisesaal for Kaffee und Kuchen before you know where you are.”
With which words of wisdom, she vanished through the doorway, leaving them to scrabble their papers together and head for their splashery. This early in the term, they certainly couldn’t be late for that meal, at which the prefects presided, or wouldn’t the Middles chortle!

 


#133:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 10:01 am


Aaah! My daily dose. It really is good, KB and so true to the original books. Nice to think that when we get to the end it will go in the archives to re-read.

 


#134:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 10:06 am


Thanks K.B! That was lovely Very Happy

 


#135:  Author: Catherine_BLocation: Oxford, UK PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 12:03 pm


Thanks KB, it's lovely to have such beautifully regular installments of such a great story! Smile

Must say though that I'm having difficulty believing in Jo being genuinely welcomed by the Prefects - nothing to do with your writing but it's not what I've come to expect from the Board!!

 


#136:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 12:06 pm


Well, I did warn you that it was a serious CS story!

 


#137:  Author: LissLocation: Harrow, London PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 12:38 pm


Ooh, KB, I *do* like this. And how auudisff[dfgkgm is Ted Grantley's mother. Grr!

And please may I post in the SDL when you've finished posting it here?

 


#138:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 1:27 pm


Looking forward to lots more of this, KB.

 


#139:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 1:35 pm


Yay more, thanks... Looking forward to even more *g*

 


#140:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 3:50 pm


Thanks KB.

Another great chapter. Thinks middles are being given a bad name and hung. And I don't care if I'm living in Fantasy Land!! Support for the Underdog Exclamation

 


#141:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 4:27 pm


*thinks the Middles deserve every word* Kids are a pest!

Thanks KB for all that!

 


#142:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:25 pm


KB wrote:

“I think Miss Annersley told me there were forty new girls, including your own pair of Geoff and Cecil,” Audrey told her.


Has Geoff changed sex? Wink

 


#143:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:26 pm


*giggles* I think they took boys at St. Nicholas, Sarah!

 


#144:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:36 pm


They did, it's just the group referral as 'girls' rather than 'girls and boys'. Poor boys, being so few they lost their sex. Wink

 


#145:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:37 pm


Yay - more story!!

Liked the eavesdropping on the prefects but I also struggle with this as serious CS ... dies anyone else find that if the name "Lesley" is mentioned you think of "our" Lesley??
ANd then I expect the stroy to descend into suspense and cliffhangers! Rolling Eyes

Can't think why!?! Wink
*looking angelic!*

 


#146:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 5:48 pm


Yes, I do, but there were some Lesley's in the books, so I try to think of that. Mind you, our Lesley does cliff-hangers better tha EBD ever did.

 


#147:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 8:02 pm


It does seem funny to see Joey welcomed after reading the rest of this board, although we should have expected it. I think I've been corrupted forever.

After saying the it should be an easy term I'm a little worried as to exactly what the Middles are going to do, it seems like tempting fate to me!

 


#148:  Author: aliLocation: medway, kent PostPosted: Sat Mar 20, 2004 9:58 pm


Did they really not like your choice of old girls? I think they're great, especially Annis, I always liked her character and wondered what happened to her. Thanks for posting this, it's better than having to wait for it to be published anyway.

 


#149:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 2:41 am


Thanks KB - very CSish.

 


#150:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 6:56 am


Liss wrote:
And please may I post in the SDL when you've finished posting it here?


Please do, Liss! I'm glad everyone's enjoying this so much. And thank you for pointing out my little slip, Sarah! ROFL

Chapter VI – Settling In

The rising bell clanged loudly on the first Monday morning of the term, and it was followed by a series of protests, although several of the girls immediately got up.
“It can’t be time to get up already,” Sandra Johnson groaned, her voice muffled.
“En Français, s’il vous plaît,” Victoria Wood, their dormitory prefect, said immediately. “Levez-vous, Sandra. Show a leg.”
This had become standard practice among those girls who were dormitory prefects, having proved its worth time and again. Victoria poked her head through the curtains and saw that a leg had appeared from all but one cubicle. Marching down there, even as Samaris Davies and Jean Abbott, first bathers, scurried out of the room, she found Rebecca Hayes, one of the new Middles, sitting on the edge of her bed and looking around her in bewilderment.
“Bonjour, Rebecca,” Victoria said cheerfully. “Parlez vous Français?”
“I… I don’t understand,” Rebecca stammered in English, and the prefect smiled.
“Do you speak any French?”
“No.”
Victoria looked around. “Who is your sheepdog?”
There was a rustle, and then Clare Kynaston appeared between the curtains. “C’est moi, Victoria.”
“Did you tell Rebecca about speaking French, and what she must do every morning?”
“Mais oui, certainement,” Clare said fervently. “She is third bather, after me. Et,” she added in pained tones, “Samaris est retournée.”
“Then go,” Victoria said kindly, having noted the half-awake expression on Rebecca’s face, guessing that she was what the school called a mooner. It was with an inward sigh, as Clare fled, that she turned to the girl and, in slow French, translating every sentence, instructed her to be as quick as she could about dressing and stripping her bed. Then the dormitory prefect flew to her own duties, hoping that the new girl would improve as the term wore on.
Despite everyone having to pitch in and help Rebecca with the last few things, the members of Poppy were ready to march down with the others to the Speisesaal for Frühstück, where Victoria thankfully left her charges and hurried to join her friends. After Grace, the school sat down to the large bowls of milky coffee and bread twists with butter and honey. The room rang with chatter, which, to the new girls’ astonishment, was in French of a sort. The older girls at the heads of each table willingly provided translations when appealed to for them, and the ringing of a bell on the staff table lowered noise if it rose too high.
After Prayers, in which more than one new girl was impressed by the devout air around her, the girls scattered to their form rooms. Once there, they got out the books they would need for their first lessons before using the moment or two before their Form Mistresses arrived to talk quietly, ostensibly in French.
Lesley Anderson, Form Prefect for VIb, cast an eye around the room to ensure that everything was as it should be. Footsteps could be heard coming along the hallway, and as the other girls all rose to their feet, Connie Winter, seated nearest the door, sprang to open it.
Dr. Eustacia Benson entered the room, nodding her thanks to Connie, and seated herself at the mistress’ desk.
“Bon jour, mes filles,” she smiled, speaking in fluent French. “Asseyez-vous, s’il vous plaît.”
There was a slight scraping of chairs, and then the Form Mistress called the roll, smiling at the two new girls.
“Has someone seen that our newcomers have everything they need?”
“Oui, Mlle,” Natalie Henson replied quickly, from her seat beside Elizabeth Bücher.
“Très bien,” Stacie replied, and then asked Greta Harms to take the roll to Rosalie’s office.
For ten minutes or so, the form discussed the prospect of Games for the term, and particularly the delightful new swimming pool and games pavilion, which had taken the fancy of them all. At last, the bell rang to announce the first lesson and Dr. Benson left them to go to a class with those members of VIa who still took Latin. A moment later, Miss Moore arrived for Geography and lessons began in earnest.
It was expected that the girls would work hard during lessons, particularly so early in the term, so it was perhaps something of a surprise for Nell Wilson to see Jocelyn Marvell staring out of the window during her chemistry lesson with Inter Va.
“Jocelyn,” she said sharply, “have you finished the exercise I gave you?”
For a moment, Jocelyn seemed about to answer back, but instead she simply shrugged and turned to her book with a look that suggested to Nell that the cutting comments in her report had had little or no effect, and with a sigh, the mistress resigned herself to the fact.
During the short lesson Miss Wilson had had with the form on the previous Friday, as she did with every class, she had given them an experiment to read over for prep, and during the second half of the lesson, they carried it out. Miss Wilson watched the girls carefully in the hope of preventing any mishaps, and was relieved, when the bell rang for break, to find that the class had proceeded smoothly. She set them prep and then sent them off to the Speisesaal to get their biscuit and lemonade before accompanying Tom to the staff room, where Odile had brought coffee and biscuits for the mistresses.
Having had their lemonade and biscuits, the girls swarmed out into the autumn sunshine and scattered into chummeries all over the grounds.
“What happens next?” Henrietta Stevens, a new girl in Upper Va, asked her sheepdog, Ailie Russell.
“Games for us,” Ailie replied cheerfully. “Then Mittagessen, rest period, and this afternoon we have woodwork with Miss Gay.” She eyed her new schoolmate curiously. “Your French is jolly good. Where did you learn it, Henry?”
“My sisters have a French nanny,” the other girl replied. “They’re only six, so they don’t go to school yet. But I used to play with them in the evenings, after school, and I picked up French from hearing them speak it.”
“You’re a lot luckier than most new girls,” Janice Chester said fervently, swinging her legs as she sat on one of the benches near the form’s section of the garden. “How about German? Do you speak that, too?”
Henry shook her head, and her dark braids flew. “Not a word,” she exclaimed. “Do you mean we have to speak that, like we do French and English, on certain days of the week? How foul!”
Judy Willoughby grinned. “We do, and while we’re on the subject of language, you’ll have to watch yours. Words like ‘foul’ are strictly forbidden in this ‘ere hestablishment. You’ll be fined every time you use them, if a prefect or a mistress hears you.”
Henry’s mouth had dropped open in astonishment. “Do you really mean that? Oh glory,” as the other three solemnly nodded. “I look like being dumb forever then. As well as my two young sisters, I’ve got three older brothers, and I’d say half my vocab is slang. What on earth will I do?”
“Don’t worry,” Janice grinned. “I’ve got three brothers of my own, Ailie has two, and so does Janice, and we all come back to school full up with slang every term, but a few weeks of no money except for church collections soon stops you.”
“I can only say I hope so,” Henry declared fervently. “Mummy tried to stop me speaking so much slang one year, and I tried to give it up for Lent once, but I’ve never managed to so far, and I can’t believe it’ll happen at all anymore.”
“Just you wait and see,” Judy said firmly, jumping up as the first bell rang to signal the end of break. “Come on, we must get back or Burney will have fifty fits and jump backwards if we’re late for the first Games lesson of the term.”
Giggling wildly at the picture Judy’s words had conjured up, the other three ran with her up the path to the school and their splashery to change.

 


#151:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 7:45 am


Thanks for the new part, KB Smile .

I love the phrase, "have fifty fits and jump backwards." Hope it's not declared slang!

 


#152:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 7:54 am


They probably are, but you have to live on the edge sometimes! Twisted Evil

And as I promised one chapter each day, here's the rest...


Ten minutes later, they, and the rest of their form, were racing down to the lacrosse pitches where Miss Burnett was waiting for them.
On the way, they passed Upper Vb, who had gardening this lesson and who were waiting at their form garden for Miss Armitage who, as a keen amateur gardener and botanist, had been persuaded by Miss Annersley to oversee the gardening efforts of the Senior forms. She appeared moments later, to be greeted with eager smiles by the girls, who, barring one or two exceptions, enjoyed this period immensely.
“Well, girls,” she began in fluent French, the result of many years of teaching at the Chalet School, “I’m glad to see you all looking so enthusiastic. You should have a good plot this year, as you worked so hard at fertilising it and keeping the weeds away last year. Once we have dug it over, we may begin planting as soon as you like.” She folded her arms. “What did you think of planting this year?”
“Could we plant some berries?” Wanda von Eschenau asked eagerly. “Frau Mieders has said that, if we do, she will show us how to make jam.”
“A good idea,” the mistress replied. “It is a lot of work, but with so many of you to share the load, berries should grow well. Which ones were you thinking of? Strawberries? Blackberries?”
“Bags I raspberries,” Jack Lambert, the form prefect, put in. “We’re growing them at home and you get a jolly good crop of fruit from them.”
“I should like to have flowers, too,” Meg Walton said, somewhat wistfully. “Fruit is all well and good, but not nearly as nice to look at as flowers. And roses and things grow so well around here. Just look at Mrs. Maynard’s garden. And Alpenroses are everywhere!”
“That’s true,” Miss Armitage agreed. “But if you want roses, we will have to put them in soon, perhaps next week, or they will have no time to settle before the first frosts come. And then we will have to sack them for winter.”
“What does that mean?” Margaret Twiss, almost completely ignorant of gardening, asked.
Miss Armitage smiled at her. “We will have to cover them with burlap sacks to prevent the leaves and branches from being frost-bitten, and we will have to cover the roots with hay to keep them warm. It means a lot of weeds in the spring, but that can’t be helped. And the garden will certainly look lovely for the Sale at the end of the Summer term.” She looked around at the rest of the form. “Does anyone else have any suggestions?”
“Couldn’t we grow heartsease as a cover?” Barbara Hewlett, whose parents were both keen gardeners, asked eagerly. “I know it’s an annual, but it would look lovely for a few weeks.”
“I’m afraid it’s really too late in the year for them,” Miss Armitage told her. “I know that, in England, it’s the right time for planting things like that, but we have more severe winters here, so we have to work around the weather. But certainly, in the Easter term, we can plant them at the base of the roses and they will look lovely. You must take care to remove the flowers when they die, so that they don’t go to seed, but we can plan that then. Next time I go down to Interlaken, I’ll get some rosebushes and we’ll plant them next week. For now, though, we’ll do some work on the bed.”
She turned their attention to a pile of gardening equipment that lay on a plastic sheet nearby, and soon the garden bed was full of girls clearing the weeds and digging at the soil to air it. The girls were allowed to talk, as long as they weren’t too noisy, and soon the air was full of a buzz of conversation, occasionally emphasised by cheer or the shriek of a whistle from the lacrosse pitch.
Meanwhile, Miss Charlesworth was having an enjoyable lesson with those members of Form VIa who still took history. Those girls whose possible future careers required it had given up lessons such as history or geography to concentrate on chemistry, biology or maths, and the opposite was also true, so while Miss Wilmot had a dozen Sixth Formers for an advanced maths class at this time, the rest of the Sixths enjoyed an educational and frequently entertaining lesson with Miss Charlesworth.
As with the rest of the school, the girls were expected to know dates, names and places that were associated with various events in history, as well as being able to reason for cause to effect, but by the time they reached the Sixth Form, classes frequently became discussion sessions, or even debates, rather than the more structured lessons that were required among the younger girls.
They were discussing the Enlightenment, and the class had divided itself into roughly two groups – one who felt that the events leading up the Enlightenment had been inevitable under the circumstances and a second group who felt that only the actions of specific individuals had caused it to begin.
The discussion had gone on for some time, and the mistress had left them to it, only speaking when questioned as to a particular point, when Suzanne Kiefen turned to her.
“What do you think, Miss Charlesworth?”
“It’s certainly a difficult question to answer,” the mistress replied thoughtfully. “I’m inclined to believe that both arguments have merit – certainly the Revolution couldn’t have happened if it were not for the work of those men who are seen as the fathers of it, but the world was at a point in time where something had to happen for progression to continue. Perhaps, although we will never know for certain, if these men,” she waved at a list she had written on the blackboard, “had failed to come up with their ideas, other people would.”
“Are all events in the world inevitable, then?” Anne Lambert asked curiously.
“Again, it’s difficult to say for sure,” Miss Charlesworth answered, before smiling at the girls, her eye caught by the clock on the wall, which showed that the lesson was nearly over. “I would like you girls to write me a short essay for prep on whether you think history is inevitable, or whether it is caused by certain events. Use historical events to prove your points, if you can – from any period, not just the Enlightenment. Also, see if you can find earlier events in history that may have contributed to the Enlightenment.”
“How long?” Zita Roselli asked.
“Not more than six pages,” the mistress told her. “We’ll make it due next week, I think.” The bell rang at that moment and she gathered her things. She smiled as the form rose to its feet and stood waiting. “Thank you, girls. Good morning.”
When she left the room, a buzz of chatter immediately began, but Audrey, whose position as Head Girl also meant that she was Form Prefect for VIa, hushed it at once.
“Miss Wilson will be expecting us any moment,” she reminded them, “and we don’t want to have to be told off like Middles because we weren’t there, ready for her.”
Thus reminded, the gossips stopped talking and began to get their books, meeting the rest of their form as they headed over to the Geography room. When Miss Wilson arrived, she found a very proper Sixth Form waiting for her, and smiled as she entered the room, anxious to forget the frustrating lesson she had just had with Upper IVb.

 


#153:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 3:55 pm


Marvellous, KB, anxiously awaiting the next installment.

 


#154:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 4:19 pm


Another lovely chapter. Thank you.

Re: Ailie's brothers were you just meaning younger brothers?

 


#155:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Sun Mar 21, 2004 5:52 pm


Thanks for another great chapter. It really does read like a true CS book.

 


#156:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 6:48 am


Susan wrote:
Re: Ailie's brothers were you just meaning younger brothers?


Yes, because I imagine David probably wouldn't use that much slang, and that he wouldn't be home much anyway.

ETA: I would have broken this into two, but I was waiting for someone else to post and no one did... Crying or Very sad


Chapter VII – Tom’s First Class

After Mittagessen and the rest period that was part of every day, the two Upper V forms crossed the ground between the school and the new building in which the girls would have their first woodwork class. Some, like Jack Lambert, were enthusiastic about it, others were opposed to the idea, but the majority had decided to reserve judgement until they had had their first class, and all were wildly curious.
“You know the best part,” Meg Walton said to her particular friends, most reprehensibly in English, since this was French day. “We can’t possibly have homework for this class. We couldn’t sit at our desks and put together boxes or anything,” this having been someone’s idea of what they would do for the two hours they had been assigned to this class each week.
“But we have been given exercise books,” Samantha van der Byl reminded her. “So we’ll have to do some writing.”
“Oh, it won’t be much,” lazy Meg said dismissively.
They entered the classroom, seeing that a large desk at the front of the room was clearly set up for the mistress, and that the main part of the room contained rows of double desks, with high stools for the girls to sit on. Many of Upper Va were already there and had scattered themselves in pairs at various desks. The walls were lined with sets of saws, drills and other woodworking tools, and large jigsaws and fretsaws stood at the back, with protective cloths thrown over them.
“This is going to be fab,” Jack Lambert enthused to her partner, Jane Carew. “It’s right up my street.”
“You don’t need to tell us that,” Jane giggled back. “Miss Annersley probably had you in mind when she came up with the idea.”
Conversation was instantly quelled when the door opened and the tall new mistress strode in and up to the front desk.
“Bon jour, mes filles,” she greeted them in fluent French, although with a slightly British accent. “Asseyez-vous, s’il vous plaît.”
There was a scraping of stools, and several red faces as the girls were reminded of the language of the day.
“I guess that many of you know of me,” Tom began, her accent improving as she went on. “I know my doll-houses are very popular at the annual Sale, and you look forward to knowing what form they’ll take. Well, this year, you will all know early, because you are going to help me make one of them.”
There were gasps from around the room, and some excited applause. Miss Gay laughed, before making a signal for silence, which came quickly.
“I’m glad the idea pleases you. Of course, you will have to learn the necessary techniques, but that’s the aim of this class. If you feel like it later, you can then decorate the interiors, but that depends how much spare time you have closer to the Sale. But you’ll want to know what you’re making. Each Senior form will construct a model of one of the buildings in which the school has been housed during its 27 year history.”
There was even more enthusiastic applause at this. Tom picked up a pile of sheets and handed them to the girls at the first desk, who took one and handed them on. When the whole class had one, they found themselves looking at sketches of the school building in Switzerland.
“These are what we call ‘elevations’ of a building – the front, rear and side images of the house,” Tom told them. “A plan drawn like this is what we call a blueprint. When we get to the actual construction, you’ll be using blueprints of both the inside and outside – the school will have the same number of floors and rooms that the real building does. As a result, it will have to be quite large, which is why two forms will work on it together.”
She took back the pages and then pressed her palms onto the surface of the desk, leaning slightly forward over her hands, as she visually examined the class.
“Who among you knows anything about woodwork?”
Several hands were raised immediately, followed by others a few seconds later. Most people, when Tom questioned them, admitted to some form of woodwork for their hobby, or to having helped brothers or cousins with projects at home. When she had spoken to all those with their hands raised, she broke the class into two groups and sent them to opposite sides of the room.
“Now, I want each novice to choose one person from the other group as a partner,” she told the excited girls, who had never imagined that any lesson other than games could be so active. “You will be working with this person for the entire term, unless,” she added, with a grin, “there’s some massive rift between you, and you find that you can’t bear the sight of them.”
She presented each pair with a set of tools and a coloured label.
“Remember your colours,” she warned them. “You must always keep those tools, so that, should you accidentally break or damage any, you’ll only be harming your own work and that of your partner, rather than the entire class.”
Then she reached below her desk and produced a pile of books, one of which she gave to each girl.
“These are your textbooks. Please bring these with you each time so that you can refer to them as necessary.” Tom’s grey eyes twinkled. “They contain reference questions after every chapter, which will be your prep each week.”
A series of groans came from the middle of the room, most particularly from Meg Walton, who was elbowed by her partner, Arda Peik.
“Of course you have to have prep,” Miss Gay laughed. “How could I face Miss Annersley if I didn’t give you things to do outside of class? I’ve also added several new books to the library, so you’ll have an essay later in the term, as well as your practical work. Now, turn to the first chapter in your book and someone – yes, you, please, Sally – please begin to read.”
Sally Godfrey began the chapter, which dealt with different types of wood and the best way to use them. Even Jack had little idea of this, so the class listened intently. Several of the more studious even took notes. Tom stopped the girl after half a page and asked if there were any questions. A hand went up from the back row.
“I once heard my brother talk about the grain of the wood,” Judy Chester said when Tom called on her, struggling for the term and requiring help from the mistress to finish what she was saying. “What does that mean?”
“Good question,” Tom said approvingly. She reached under her desk and pulled out a box that, the girls saw, contained small pieces of sawn timber. Each girl got one piece, and Tom used her own to show the lines that marked the way in which the tree had grown. “This is what is called the grain of the wood. Take your number two saw – one of you, the other will have to wait a moment. Now, cut along the grain, making sure that your strokes are even and regular.”
She demonstrated what she meant, and then the room of full with the sound of metal slicing through wood. When both people in each pair had done this, she picked up her saw again.
“This time cut against the grain. You should be able to feel the difference between the two cuts. One will be smoother and neater than the other. This is why you should always cut along the grain. You will have a much cleaner finish and whatever you’re making won’t require so much sanding later.”
She redirected their attention to the book and the group went through the first series of questions together. Then she said something that made many of the French girls beam and the others look very blue.
“Although the textbook is in English, as your class is on Monday, you will, of course, have to give me your prep and essays in French. The large dictionaries you have in your form rooms will give you the correct terms, and if you really can’t find words, you can ask me.”
The girls knew better than to express their emotions aloud and they were too young to realise that Tom knew exactly how they were feeling. Although none of them had been at the school to know it, Tom had been a very successful prefect, with an instinctive grasp of how other people felt.
“Now, we will turn our attention back to the tools I’ve given you,” she announced. “One of the most important things you have to learn is how to take care of them, so that they last as long as possible. There are various techniques that you will all have to perform each lesson before you can go back to the school, and we will always finish the actual class work fifteen minutes early, so that you are able to do it all. Of course, if you don’t get it done, it will eat into your free time, so I’d advise you to learn it as quickly as possible.”
Tom showed them the tools and provided each pair with a small pot of grease and a series of covers. Each cover was numbered and corresponded with numbers on the saws, drills, awls and other tools that lay on the desk in front of each pair of girls. At Tom’s direction, they took down the steps she gave and then practiced the techniques, the mistress going around to watch each pair and offer advice. Then she showed them where the tools belonged and oversaw them being put away.
“You’ll get quicker at it as you learn what you have to do,” she laughed, when the girls exclaimed at the fact that it had taken half an hour for them to finish everything. “Now, we will continue with the next chapter, and you can do the next lot of questions for prep. Adrienne, please read it for us.”
Adrienne Desmoines began to read it in fluent English, although her accent still revealed much of her French origins. Tom occasionally corrected her pronunciation, but otherwise left her to read through the section on the larger tools that they would use.
“As they are too expensive for you to have one each, or even one between two,” Miss Gay told them, “you will have to take turns, but we will have other things for you to do at the same time when we get around to using them, so nobody will be idle.”
She set prep and told them that she wanted it handed in at the staff-room by the end of Friday so that she could correct it before class and discuss it with them at the start of the following lesson.
“Now, are there any other questions?”
Jack’s hand immediately shot up. “Please,” she asked in her forthright manner, “are we to know what the other forms will be doing for the Sale? And will you be making a house yourself, Miss Gay?”
Tom grinned. “Well, my original plan was that each form should keep what they were doing a secret from the others…”
She trailed off and the girls groaned in unison.
“But I’ve decided to tell you instead,” she went on. “The class from St. Mildred’s will be building the chalet where the school originally opened in Briesau, at the Tiernsee. The two Sixth forms will be constructing a model of Sarres, the school building in Guernsey, where the school was situated after leaving Austria during the Anschluss. The two Lower V forms will make the model of Plas Howell, and the two Inter V forms will make the Big House, as the building on St. Briavel’s Island was known when the school was there.”
“What about the place where St. Mildred’s is now?” Janet Henderson asked eagerly.
“I’ll be making that myself,” Tom replied. “As for the competition, Miss Annersley suggested that there should be a different one for each house, and that the form responsible for each house will choose what it should be. Oh, and that means you can’t go enter for the one you make,” she went on, and the faces of several girls fell visibly at this. “It wouldn’t be fair on anyone else. But there will be five others that you could win. And you’ve got until the summer term to come up with a really good idea, which you can either discuss with me or your form mistresses.”
Tom fielded another half-dozen questions before the bell rang and, after reiterating the prep and when it was due, she dismissed them. Collecting the pieces of wood, she dropped them back into a box and returned it to its place under the desk. Turning, Tom found Miss Wilson in the doorway and hurriedly gathered together her papers before coming over to where the older woman stood.
“A very interesting class,” the geography mistress said. “I heard the last twenty minutes or so.”
“I say,” Tom exclaimed in concern. “We didn’t disturb you, did we? The class got a little noisy at some points, but I didn’t think it was that bad.”
“Oh, it wasn’t,” Nell assured her. “Actually, I had a free period this hour and thought I’d listen in to what you had planned. It’s very different from anything we’ve had before, you see,” she explained to the young mistress. “And I wondered how you’d manage it.”
“I get it.” Tom stuck her hands into the pockets of the slacks that she, along with many of the younger members of staff, wore, although the older mistresses tended to prefer skirts and dresses. “Well, it’s like what I was doing in London. I ran my boy’s club along similar lines, although without a lot of the really technical detail. Most of the boys came for the chance to build and destroy things, and hours of lectures about technique would have bored them stiff.”
“Well, you’re certainly going to keep the girls interested. Having them make the dollhouses for the Sale was an absolute brainwave. But what are you going to do if someone who isn’t part of the school wins one?”
“I don’t much mind,” Tom said. “It’s up to them. If any of the girls win, I think they’ll probably be willing to donate it to the museum. But I could always get future classes to make any models we lose to outsiders for the Sarah Denny museum.”
“Good idea,” Nell remarked as they entered the building. “And did Hilda talk to you about the lock she was getting Gaudenz to put onto the outer door? I know he was planning to do it today, and we don’t want to lose all those tools.”
“She told me he would do it this evening some time and I could get the keys from the staff room when he was done.”
“You’ll certainly want those.” Nell twinkled at her. “Certain members of staff – Matron and Jeanne de Lachenais, for instance, as well as myself – may have good reason to know that you’re very good at securing bolts, but I think a lock will be more secure.”
Before Tom could come up with a suitable riposte to this reminder of something that had occurred during her first term at the school , Miss Wilson opened the door of the staff room and the two mistresses entered to find Stacie Benson holding forth.
“You’d think they would have remembered something over the holidays,” she was groaning, “but any memories of what I taught them then seems to have disappeared completely. Only four of them made any sort of a decent showing in my class, and as for the rest, I might as well have saved my breath!”
“Oh, you had a group like that, too, did you?” Nell asked, getting herself a cup of coffee. “I think the brains of Upper IVb have been affected by the heat. I can’t come up with any other explanation for their responses today.”
“They were certainly unsettled when they came to my class,” Anna Mieders remarked. “I set them to making the pudding for today’s Mittagessen, to shake the fidgets out of them. After five minutes or so of beating egg whites, they were soon very glad to sit down and relax. In fact,” she added thoughtfully, “I don’t think I’ve ever had such a quiet class as that one, and the result of it was excellent.” She twinkled at her colleague. “What did they do, Nell?”
Miss Wilson sat down with a chuckle. “I set them a verbal Spot Test, on a whole variety of subjects, just to see how much they’d remembered.” She suddenly giggled.
“They obviously came up with some howlers,” Kathie Ferrars put in. “Do tell us, Nell, and stop enjoying them all to yourself.”
“Oh, all right.” Nell set down her cup. “One of my questions was: how is dew formed? Barbara Craven said that it happened when the sun shone on the leaves and they perspired.”
Jeanne de Lachennais laughed. “Well done, Barbara. What else?”
“I asked Aimee Diderot what a planet was,” Nell recalled. “She said it was a body of earth surrounded by sky.”
Rosalind Moore shrieked with laughter at that. “I must remember that,” she said finally. “It’s not a bad explanation.”
“You’d like Maria Angeot’s idea of a fungus,” Nell grinned. “She said that they were small umbrellas that grew in damp places.”
Ruth Derwent, form mistress for Upper IVb, giggled appreciatively. “Excellent. Any more?”
“My personal favourite was when I asked what a fibula was,” the science mistress offered. “Anna Engels told me that it was a small lie.”
The mistresses in the staff room exploded at this unexpected answer. “I must write that one down,” Stacie exclaimed. “It’s superb!”
“She knew it was wrong, though,” Nell retorted. “And I’m not even sure the others weren’t trying to be cheeky, so I told the lot of them off and gave them extra prep of looking up the real meanings of the words for good measure.”
“Cheeky to you?” Nancy Wilmot looked sceptical. “With your reputation for sarcasm? They’d never dare! I certainly wouldn’t have, during all my years here.”
“Nor I,” Tom added. “And I’m sure they won’t try it again in a hurry, not having had a taste of your famed sarcasm. If we’re lucky, it’ll settle them for the rest of the term!”
The other mistresses heartily agreed with this sentiment, before conversation turned to other matters.

 


#157:  Author: LulieLocation: Middlesbrough PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 8:54 pm


I am so loving this KB, and not having been near my computer for about a week means I've had lots and lots of lovely story to read.

Awaiting more more more.

 


#158:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 8:59 pm


This is great KB. Is there any more for today?

 


#159:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 9:06 pm


Great, KB. We might have guessed that Tom would be a good teacher because she loves her subject but you wrote that as though woodwork is a hobby of yours ?

 


#160:  Author: *Aletea*Location: Manchester PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 9:47 pm


The conversation regarding howlers seems familiar - have I read it somewhere before?

 


#161:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 9:55 pm


That was great KB.

*like Aletea I seem to have a memory of the howlers, maybe in off-topic?

 


#162:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 10:59 pm


I think I might actually enjoy Tom's classes, although I never ever finished any of my projects in CDT which was the equivalent class. It sounded very much like other Chalet lessons we've read and loved, especially poor Meg's horror at the idea of prep Very Happy
I recognise the howlers too...*racks brain*

Thanks KB!

 


#163:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 11:27 pm


Thats a great idea for the doll houses, KB.

 


#164:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 11:28 pm


I wrote it with the memory of the jiu-jitsu scene. And, no, woodwork isn't a hobby of mine, but I did do a bit of research.

Chapter VIII – Jo’s Party

It was the first Saturday after the proper beginning of school. After Mittagessen, the Senior and Middle new girls and their chosen friends prepared for the joy of an afternoon at Freudesheim.
“But I don’t understand,” Nicole Summer said to Audrey, who was to accompany her. “Why would Mrs. Maynard want to meet the new girls and have a party for us?”
“It’s because Mrs. Maynard had always felt herself to be a part of the school, and she wants to be part of it for as long as possible,” the Head Girl replied. “She was the first ever pupil. Her sister, Lady Russell, was the founder of the school, but she’s in Wales, with the other branch of the San, so Mrs. Maynard represents her here.”
“I see.” Nicole appeared from between the curtains of her cubicle and came over to where Audrey waited. “I’m ready now.”
“Good. Come on, then. We still have to change our shoes and get our hats, and I want to be at the door when they arrive, or goodness knows what those Junior Middles will get up to!”
Nicole chuckled and then followed the dark girl down the back stairs to the Sixth Form splashery. They were speedily ready, and found Evelyn Ross and a new girl from VIb, Elizabeth Bücher, waiting for them at the side door, along with Enid. Within five minutes, the remaining twenty-eight girls, being a mixture of new Seniors and Middles, with their friends, arrived, and the group croc’ed as they crossed the lawn to the gate in the dividing wall.
Approaching Freudesheim, Audrey saw two large tables set out under the trees near the house, one of which held two large urns and a variety of cups, next to several large jugs of Joey’s famed fruit drink and empty glasses. The other bore piles of clean plates and several large platters, covered with protective cloths, which the girl guessed was afternoon tea.
“Mrs. Maynard!” she called eagerly, echoed by the other old girls, and the woman’s dark head appeared through the French window that led into the salon.
“Come along, you folk,” she exclaimed. “There are plenty of folding chairs and I’ll spread out some large rugs on the grass, for those who prefer to squat. Some of you come and give me a hand with chairs.”
Many of those girls who already knew her raced over to help, some dragging their new friends along, but most of the new girls remained where they were.
“Did you know she’s that smashing author Josephine M. Bettany,” Alison James, a new Junior Middle, squeaked to the other little girls around her, who nodded enthusiastically.
“Someone – I think Maria Angeot was her name – told me,” Rebecca Hayes returned. “I just love her books! Mummy’s brought me a new one every Christmas.”
“My sister asked me to get an autograph, if I could,” another girl said from behind them. “One of the people who told Daddy about this school said she lived next door.”
“And was that the only reason you wanted to come to here?” her chosen friend giggled as she came up beside her with two chairs and offered one.
At this point, Joey reappeared amongst them and those who had been gossiping so freely about her fell silent, several with glowing cheeks. Dr. Benson had followed her out of the house and more than one girl from the two Fourths eyes her somewhat apprehensively. She took them for maths, as well as Latin for the Fifths, and was generally regarded as a stern disciplinarian. They had yet to see her outside of the classroom, and this afternoon was to be an eye-opener for quite a number of them.
“Well, Joey,” Stacie asked, “What are we doing to begin – Subject and Object, Adverbs, Sardines, or one of your infamous paper games? I’m sure you’ve got some of your books handy for prizes.”
Jo Maynard eyed the large group on the lawn. “I think the first thing is to break into small groups. If we had games with all this lot at once, nobody would get a turn for most of the day. I think we’ll have groups of eight – yes; that will work out nicely. And Stacie and I will join in whichever groups invite us,” she added, laughing as she was immediately beseeched by quite half of the old girls to join their group!
Within fifteen minutes, the games were in full swing. Joey prudently played with each group once, and thus had a chance for a quiet chat with each new girl, although it was only a moment or two in most cases.
“Do you like the school?” she asked Amy Nichols, who had been placed in Upper Va, as they waited for Janet Henderson to finish her story.
“I love it!” the girl beamed. “I’ve always wanted to come here. The Head Mistress of my old school knew that I wanted to study languages and travel. She used to teach at the school when it was in Wales and suggested to Mummy a few years ago that the Chalet School would be perfect for me, but Daddy didn’t want me to travel so far until I was sixteen.”
“Who was the Head?” Jo asked curiously.
“Miss Slater.” Amy looked up. “Did you know her?”
“I most certainly did, although,” Mrs. Maynard chuckled, “she avoided the torment of having to teach me maths. Miss Leslie, who belonged to the school from the earliest days, had that joy.”
“Oh, don’t you like it either?” the girl asked in relieved tones. “I’ve never done well at it, but most people at my old school liked it, and a lot of people in my form here seem to really good at it.”
Jo threw back her head and laughed. “My dear girl, everyone has their strengths. And if you’re talking about Janet and Adrienne, I happen to know that they are both what used to be called in my days at school ‘sloggers’.” The woman cast a laughing gaze in Janet’s direction, and as the girl had heard the conversation, her face was very red. “If you enjoy working, by all means try to keep up with them, but otherwise, do your best at things like maths and concentrate on those subjects you’re really good at. Very few people, if anyone, can do everything well!”
As it was now Amy’s turn in the game, the conversation ended, but the girl remembered it at intervals during the term, when she was at her most frustrated, and it helped her through those times. When term ended and she was placed sixth in the form overall, she was justifiably proud of herself.
When the groups changed to other games, Jo sat beside the new girls from VIb. Elizabeth Bücher was a little shy of this enthusiastic woman, but Jo, with her instinctive understanding of people, began a conversation about her frequent visits to the girl’s hometown of Vienna. Soon Elizabeth warmed to her and the discussion turned to the school.
“What do the others call you?” Jo asked. “I can’t imagine they use the whole name, lovely though it is.”
Elizabeth flushed. “Heidi Pinosch suggested I be ‘Bette’.”
“Good for Heidi,” the woman said cheerfully. “That’s a lovely short. I went to school with a Bette myself: Bette Rincini. She joined in the first term of the school.” She eyed the girl critically. “She looked a little like you, too.”
Bette flushed again slightly and a small, shy smile curled her lips.
“What subjects do you like?” Jo went on, finding that the girl wasn’t going to reply.
“I like art, and also that new subject with Miss Gay.” Bette’s smile widened. “I hope one day to be an artist and perhaps work at one of the big galleries.”
“Will you go on to Vienna University, or St. Mildred’s?”
“My mother wishes me to attend the University, but I am not sure.”
“Well, you have time to think about it,” Joey assured her.
Then, as the game ended, she stood up and encouraged the girls to come to the tables and have something to eat and drink. When that was finished, she produced copies of her latest book, which were awarded to the girl in each group who had scored the most points during the games, one of which, much to her glee, went to Alison James, who accepted it joyfully.

 


#165:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Mon Mar 22, 2004 11:35 pm


Maybe the woodwork class should do a model of Freudesheim too KB?

*would like more please*

 


#166:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 12:33 am


That was lovely KB. It's nice to remember that Joey actually does understand the girls and that she does a lot of good for them after reading the rest of this board Very Happy
I'm really enjoying this!

 


#167:  Author: James PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 7:57 am


Yay! As Sarah said, it's good to read about nice Joey for once Smile

Fantastic story KB, looking forward to more!

 


#168:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 8:23 am


Thanks, KB. Much as I enjoy the wilder elements of C&D, it's soooo nice to have an extra CS book.

Question: How do people define the word "slogger"? I've always seen it as describing someone who, though not particularly brilliant, works stubbornly enough to do reasonably well. Was that what was meant above? (It never really helped for math, though.)

 


#169:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 8:47 am


Lovely, KB. I always enjoyed the new girls tea party.

 


#170:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 10:47 am


When I was at school, a slogger was a person whose desire to do well meant that they worked more than most other people.

After lunch, she took Audrey and Nicole into the house and all three reappeared with piles of jigsaw puzzles, which they set out along the cleared tables. There was one between every three girls, so everyone got to join in.
“All the pieces are there, or ought to be,” Joey announced. “So please try not to lose any. The first team to finish get to help me call for ‘Family Aeroplane’.”
The girls got to work, and finally the team of Caroline Smith and a new girl, Olivia Marks, from Lower Va and Flavia Ansell from Upper Vb declared themselves finished. Jo approved it and then directed the others to come inside, still in their groups of three. The salon in which the girls found themselves had been partly cleared for this event. What furniture remained had been pushed back against the walls, and Joey, with her three helpers, headed for a place at the far end of the room near the French window that looked out into the garden and then gave each trio the name of a part of an aeroplane.
Soon the room was full of shrieking, hot girls, whose hair flew this way and that as they tried to find seats as far apart as possible. The game went on for some time, until finally it came to an end with a “Crash” that Jo explained ended it all. Then, as they girls were claiming back the forfeits they had had to pay for failing to find seats, Stacie drew Natalie Trevanion aside into the neighbouring room.
“How are you finding it?” she asked somewhat anxiously, having spoken to her cousin about the girl and learned that, despite her manner, she had found it hard to make friends at her previous school.
“I love it, Auntie Stacie!” the girl exclaimed, although she was careful to call the woman ‘Dr. Benson’ during the Latin classes that woman taught. “I really do! It’s even better than I imagined!”
“I’m so glad to hear it.” Stacie smiled. “But you know that if it does get difficult, you can always come and talk to me about it.”
“And I will,” the girl said eagerly. “I promise. Daddy said I should, too. He said you’re one of the most sensible people he knows.”
Stacie felt warmth flush her cheeks at the compliment, but retained her composure. “That’s very kind of him. Now, you’ll want to join your friends again. But just remember that if you ever need any help I’m here.”
“I will.” The girl danced out of the room and back to her classmates, who were preparing to leave for school again. Stacie followed more slowly and caught up with Joey as that woman was going out with the girls.
The two women farewelled the party, before returning to the salon. Both women set to and moved the furniture back into the room before going to retrieve the rugs from another room and lay them out in their accustomed places. Finally they sat back in armchairs around the fireplace to discuss the events of the afternoon.
“I should think that child from Lower IVa, Alison James, could be a bit of a handful,” Jo confided, as Anna brought in a tray with tea. “And considering the other people that make up that form – Jennifer Lester, to name just one – whoever is Form Mistress is probably kept on their toes.”
“I think it’s Peggy Burnett,” Stacie replied. “And she can keep a firm hand on the younger girls.”
“A good thing, too!” Jo grinned. “There’s never been a term yet that hasn’t had some excitement caused by the girls in the Fourth forms, usually the Junior Middles. Think about it – all that trouble about motor boats last term , Jocelyn Marvell and her little gang with the cobbler’s waxing of your drawer , Jack and Jane’s fights in Jane’s first term , all the problems with St. Hilda’s – and if we want to go really far back, there were you and your little chums to lighten my own days as Head Girl – like your little orchestra at St. Clare’s , although to be fair,” she added, “you were Seniors then.”
“Not to mention what you got up to yourself,” Stacie retorted, carrying the war into the enemy’s camp with enthusiasm. “But you’re right. It nearly always is the Fourths.”
There was a momentary lapse in conversation, before Jo change the subject. “It’s strange not to have the triplets and Ruey at the school. We could have done with them in all the preparation for this afternoon.”
“Well, you’ll just have to get used to it,” Stacie said philosophically. “After all, surely it’s no worse than sending off the boys, and you’ve been doing that for years.”
“But it is different,” Jo protested. “It’s such an obvious stage in them growing up.”
“Which is something you never liked doing yourself,” Stacie interrupted. “Remember how long you were determined to be a model maiden aunt to Madge and Mr. Bettany’s families? But it didn’t really last, did it?” she added teasingly. “A man takes you in his arms and you’re a gone woman.”
“Eustacia Benson, that’s an awful thing to say!” Jo exploded indignantly, although Stacie could see a twinkle of laughter in her eyes. “It wasn’t that sudden at all!”
“Well, it certainly seemed like it to me,” the younger woman said. “I suppose Jack had made up his mind earlier – in fact, I think I remember him doing it during all that fuss about that awful Dr. Hunter, before you and Robin went to India .”
Jo sat back in her chair and stared at the floor. “Dr. Hunter. I’d forgotten all about him. With all that happened in India and afterwards – the Anschluss and having to leave Austria the way we did – I suppose it’s not so surprising.”
Stacie looked questioningly at the woman opposite. “The day before you left, I was taking a note up to Jem for Madge – it was one of the weekends I came up from the school – and I happened to hear him greeting you like a long-lost relative. Then, as I was waiting for Jem, I saw him come past looking absolutely shell-shocked.” She giggled. “It was so different from his usual arrogance that it stuck in my mind, but I never had a chance to ask you about it. I was certain you were the cause of it, though. What did you say to him, Joey?”
Jo dissolved into giggles at the memory. “Clever child,” she said aggravatingly. “I never thought about it, but he accosted me in the corridor and I told him that I’d come to say goodbye to my friends.”
“I suppose he claimed to be a near-and-dear, and suggested that maybe it would be something more than that if he had any say in the matter,” Stacie said knowingly. “I remember how much he seemed to regard you as rightfully his.”
“I was so rude to him,” Jo laughed. “I think I eventually said something like that India was still not far enough away from him.”
“Oh, Joey!” Stacie was nearly weeping with laughter at this. “How could you? Madge would have been simply horrified if she’d heard you!”
“I don’t know whether she would. She didn’t like Dr. Hunter any more than I did. She was always very protective of me around men. I always had male friends, of course, but I think Madge got a bit flustered if any of them showed any interest in me beyond that.”
“Well, she was responsible for bringing you up, and I suppose she sometimes felt like she was your mother.” Stacie wiped her streaming eyes and then sipped her tea. “Was that the last time you saw him?”
“No, there was one more time.” Jo had also regained control of herself by then. “He was his usual arrogant self, as you put it so well, and said that, no doubt, I couldn’t possible have meant to be so rude to him during our previous meeting. He was nice enough,” this in Jo’s most cutting tone, “to give me a chance to correct myself and be polite to him. I think he said I was too well bred to have meant what I’d said before when he had so selflessly offered me his friendship.”
Stacie sat back in her chair and shouted with laughter, in which Joey joined.
“Such a modest soul,” the younger woman finally exclaimed. “Always thinking of others and never of himself.”
Jo giggled as she vigorously nodded her head. “My response was something along the lines of friendship not being possible unless both parties were willing, that I had merely been civil, nothing more, and that I didn’t know how he had construed anything else from my conduct. Then I ran off. I was too close to laughing in his face to stay any longer.”
“I’m sure you were.” Stacie drained her cup and refilled it from the teapot before offering the pot to Jo, who accepted it and then looked questioningly at her friend.
“What made you think of him again after all this time? That all happened more than twenty years ago!”
In reply, Stacie reached into the pocket of her skirt and fished out a letter. “I got this today. It’s from Madge. Apparently there’s a new San opening in the Welsh mountains, not far from the one Jem and the others run.”
Jo sank back in her chair and stared. “He’s not…”
“He is. Jem saw an advertisement for it in the local paper and the name of the Head Doctor is Leo Hunter. Madge says she’s sure it’s the same person.”
“It sounds like something he would do,” Joey said huffily. “Whether it’s to get back at Jem, Madge and me, or just because he thinks he can do it better.”
“I don’t imagine he ever thinks of you now,” Stacie said comfortingly. “You wouldn’t have been the only person to refuse him, though you might have been the rudest, but he probably doesn’t even bother to cast a thought in your direction.”
“I hope not.” Jo pulled a face. “I certainly don’t, though I might now that you’ve drawn my attention to him again. I wonder why Madge didn’t write and tell me, too.”
“She probably doesn’t want you to think about him either, but I couldn’t help telling you. I just had to know what you said to him that day.”
“Well, I hope you’re satisfied.” Jo sipped her tea. “Did you ever have anything to do with him?”
“I saw him a few times after you left, before his sudden departure.” She looked thoughtful. “I wonder why he left.”
“Oh, he probably got on other people’s nerves as much as he got on mine,” Jo replied airily. “And he wasn’t really that good a doctor, from what I heard. It’ll be interesting to know how his San goes.”
“Madge will tell us,” Stacie said with certainty. “She won’t be able to help herself.”
Joey drained her cup and then looked at Stacie expectantly. The doctor raised an eyebrow and put down her own cup.
“What is it?”
“I have news.”
“Personal or school?”
“Personal,” Jo said with decision. “I started to refer to it before, but you changed the subject.”
Stacie thought back through their conversation. “Does it have to do with the girls?” Her eyes were suddenly wide. “Con isn’t engaged, is she?”
Jo sent her a withering glance. “Have some sense, Stacie. Don’t you think you’d know if that was the case? And who would it be? Who has she seen apart from Roger and Roddy Richardson?”
“All right, so if it’s not them, who else would it be? The others are all too young, even Steve’s too young to be thinking about marriage yet. He hasn’t even finished school.”
“I never said it had anything to do with a wedding,” Jo remarked airily.
The younger woman suddenly realised what was meant and decided to play Joey at her own game. She sat back against the cushions and redirected her gaze out of the window, keeping her voice light.
“If you mean that it’s you possibly presenting the school with a future pupil in a couple of months, I’m already well aware of the fact.”
For once, Joey was robbed of her usual self-possession, and she stared, wide-eyed, her jaw dropping. “How on earth did you know?”
“My dear Joey,” this was Stacie at her most pitying, “I’ve been living here for nearly two years now, and with Bessie,” referring to her maid, “having to go back to England to take care of her mother, I’ve been right in the middle of everything. If I hadn’t known what you were like after spending most of my teenage years with you and Madge at the Sonnalpe, I certainly would now.”
“Said she with a snort,” Joey, who had regained her usual equilibrium, chuckled. “Well, just keep it under your hat, will you? As you said, you would have had to know sooner than most people, but I still want to keep it quiet until it gets closer to the time.”
“Of course I will.” Stacie stood up. “Now, let’s get all this back to the kitchen and then we can put away those jigsaw puzzles you left out on the table.”

 


#171:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 10:56 am


Thanks KB, I'm here all day so considerate it your duty to keep me entertained with your book! Very Happy

 


#172:  Author: KB-too-many-posts PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 11:07 am


I'd love to, Mandy, but I only post one chapter per day, and this is it!

 


#173:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 11:11 am


you can't blame a girl for trying!

 


#174:  Author: pip_penguinLocation: Melbourne PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 1:11 pm


Goodness -- I finally get a little time to wander about in here, and I've spent it all reading your story, KB! It's fantastic, thank you!! *must remember to check each day* Very Happy

 


#175:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 1:47 pm


I like the bringing back of Dr Hunter, especially after reading about him in Sue's drabble. Smile

 


#176:  Author: LissLocation: Harrow, London PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 3:33 pm


Also love the Dr Hunter part. I liked Jo referring back to her youth like that - you get it with her schooldays etc, but not with her 'blossoming' into adulthood.

 


#177:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 6:45 pm


Another day another chapter! You are reliable, KB! Nice to hear what happened to Dr Hunter. Looking forward to tomorrow Laughing

 


#178:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 7:26 pm


Are you going to give us the long awaited quads, KB?!

 


#179:  Author: KB as Guest PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 10:36 pm


The quads in one term? Goodness no! But they might have appeared in the next book, which now won't be written. You'll never know... *chuckles evilly*

Chapter IX – Tom Helps Out

Jack Lambert wandered disconsolately along the path between the school building and the new sports pavilion. At least the rains of the previous week, which had ushered in the first week of October, had abated so that she could go out into the garden, but in spite of the opportunities this brought to be out in the fresh air, Jack still found time to think about the biggest change, in her eyes, that the new school year had brought. It was almost a month into the term and she found herself missing Len Maynard, who had been something of a mentor to her for her entire school career up to this point.
“Jack!” a voice called, and she turned to see Wanda von Eschenau running down the path towards her, waving a letter. “Jack, hier ist ein Brief für Sie,“ she announced. “Miss Dene hat es übergesehen.“
“Vielen Dank,“ Jack replied, her expression clearing as she accepted it. It was Friday, and therefore German day, but this was less of a constraint than it had been for her first few terms at the school.
Wanda ran off on her own concerns, and Jack positively beamed as she saw that the letter was, as she had hoped, from Len. Finding a spot in the sun against the building that housed the sports complex and woodwork rooms, she tore open the envelope and pulled out the folded sheet, which was covered with Len’s clear, firm script.

“Dear Jack,” the letter read. “Thanks for your last letter and all the news. I’m pleased that you’re enjoying your subject with Miss Gay so much. Maybe you could consider doing something like that for a career. It’s time you started thinking of things like that, you know. After all, you’re fifteen now, and that’s soon enough to begin considering it these days. Do write and let me know any plans you may have already.
“Things are very busy here, but we’re having lots of fun. To answer your question, no, we don’t get prep every day, but we’re expected to do a certain amount of reading each week so that we know what is being discussed at the lectures. We will have exams at the end of each semester, and the marks we get on that determine what level of degree we end up with. And speaking of exams, do let me know how you go with yours when they come around at the end of term.
“Con and I do go out some evenings. There are lots of plays and concerts given by groups in the University, and we sometimes go out for meals with friends. But most of the time, we’re studying at home. Con has also been working on one of her poems recently, so she hasn’t been too keen to go out much.
“I don’t have a great deal more news for you. Do let me know all the school gossip. Len.”

Jack sighed deeply and returned the letter to its envelope. Then, hearing a footstep on the gravel path, she looked up to see Miss Gay come out of the building, glance in her direction, and then come over to sit on the bench on the other side of the path.
“What’s the matter, Jack?” she asked in her friendly, forthright manner.
Being similar to Jack’s own way of speaking, it was a manner to which the boyish girl invariably responded. “I just got this,” she replied, showing the envelope. “Len and I were… well, sort of friends, even though we weren’t in the same form or anything. But she always helped me when I was in difficulties. And now she’s not here anymore.”
“Yes, I know,” Tom said sympathetically. “Mrs. Maynard told me something about it when I was staying with them, and Len herself talked to me about you – mostly good things,” she added, grinning in a contagious fashion.
“What did she say?” Jack asked immediately, her curiosity raised to fever pitch by this intriguing comment.
“Oh, she mentioned a few things that had happened in your school career,” Tom replied lightly. “It seems you kept quite a few people on their toes, didn’t you, what with your cobbler’s wax, bubble baths and filling people’s boots with water .”
Jack flushed red to the roots of her hair as Tom laughed. If it had been anyone else, Jack would have resented this bringing up of her past deeds, but somehow Tom’s manner rejected any idea of her trying to intentionally shame the girl. Instead, Jack had the idea that Miss Gay had simply found her childish escapades rather amusing and wanted to share the fact.
“I did a few mad things in my own time,” Tom confessed. “Not when I was at the Chalet School – I was older than you when I arrived – but before that.”
“Like what?” Jack asked instantly, and Tom laughed heartily at her eagerness.
“Well, my first school was full of little prissy-prims, who found me pretty hard to deal with. I was very like you at school – preferred making things to playing with dolls. They’d all be sitting around playing tea parties and I’d be in the corner trying to make a train that went on its own.”
Jack stared at her, frankly wide-eyed. “I was like that, too,” she admitted.
“I guessed as much,” Tom told her. She crossed one leg over the other and hugged her knee. “So, at times when you’d be going to hunt out Len and ask her questions, you find yourself at a bit of a loose end. Is that it, Jack?”
“Yes,” Jack agreed. “I am a bit fed-up about it all. I end up just wandering around with nothing to do, and I’m sick of that already! I don’t like the jigsaw puzzles and sewing that some of the others enjoy in their free time.”
She pulled a face that bespoke of such disgust that Tom laughed.
“No, people like us don’t enjoy sewing, do we?” the mistress grinned. “So what do you do in your spare time, then, if not sit inside?”
“Ferr – Miss Ferrars let me take care of her car – washing it and things like that.” Jack’s eyes had lit up and she cast a glance in the direction of the garage in which the little run-about was kept.
“But of course that’s only necessary every couple of weeks, I suppose,” Tom mused. “And during the rest of the time, you’re at a bit of a loose end.”
By now, Jack was positively beaming. Even Len, with her instinctive grasp of people, had never got this deeply into Jack’s feelings. And even if she had managed it, there wasn’t much she could have done about it. Miss Gay seemed more likely to produce a solution.
“For the moment,” she offered, “why don’t you come and help me get some pieces of wood ready for Inter V’s class later today? It’s the best I can do for now, but I’ll talk to Miss Annersley about you helping me more, maybe with my offering for the Sale.” She grinned as she pulled open the door and guided Jack inside with a gentle hand on her shoulder. “And,” she went on, “as you’re already doing so well in my class, I might get you to go around and help people, to make sure that everyone knows what they should be doing.”
“That’d be just super!” Jack replied with a thrill. “Do you really mean it, Miss Gay?”
“Shouldn’t say it if I didn’t,” Tom said brusquely. “And you just watch your language around me. I don’t want to give you a fine, but I can’t help it if it’s on the floor in front of me, so to speak. Now,” as they entered the woodworking room and Jack saw a pile of long planks, “we need to get these cut into pieces ten inches long. If you mark off the lengths for me, we can get this done in half no time.”
The two worked in a companionable silence for the first half-hour, but when Tom was sure that Jack was as capable as the mistress had begun to believe during class, and that she wouldn’t lose her concentration and possibly cut herself, she began to talk.
“What do you want to do when you finish here?” Tom asked, after they had finished discussing cricket and Jack’s other hobbies.
“I want to open a garage,” Jack replied. “It’d let me muck around with cars and engines and all that sort of thing, and that’s what I really like.”
“Hmm.” Tom looked thoughtful as she drove the saw through the wood. “When I was up at the San, I met Franz, who works on all the equipment there. He seemed like a decent sort of fellow. He might be willing to show you around there and give you an idea of how things work. It’s not cars, I know, but it’s the same sort of thing.”
She looked up at Jack to see that that young woman was beaming so hard that Tom secretly feared the top of her head would come off.
“That would be just…” She trailed off, clearly unable to think of a sufficiently enthusiastic way to end her sentence and the woman laughed.
“I’ll talk to Dr. Maynard about it,” Tom said crisply, then, “Watch your measurement, Jack. I don’t think that’s ten inches.”
The work went on quickly after that, for Jack had a multitude of questions about the sort of things she might get to work with up at the San, and Tom was kept busy answering them. Being aware of this girl’s nature, though, she merely grinned and gave as much information as she could. When the wood was finished, Jack helped Tom put it into the large boxes that had been built for that express purpose and was then sent on her way, beaming, her restlessness banished.

 


#180:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 10:47 pm


Oh good for Tom!

 


#181:  Author: CazxLocation: Swansea/Bristol PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 10:48 pm


Just had a marathon catch up on this!
It's great K.B.!

 


#182:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 11:32 pm


We're ready for the next bit now KB, surely its a new day in Australia.

 


#183:  Author: KB as Guest PostPosted: Tue Mar 23, 2004 11:55 pm


Mandy, you've got a new bit for this new day! Shocked

 


#184:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 12:13 am


KB I've managed to catch up on the last few days - this is still as excellent as ever! Really like Tom and Jack's development. Also intrigued about Dr Hunter opening up a San close to the Welsh one - will we get to see him?

Looking forward to more!

BTW Why were you a guest?

 


#185:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 12:56 am


Thanks for that KB! Nice to see Jack and Tom chatting, I can see how they would get on.

 


#186:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 3:15 am


Lesley wrote:


BTW Why were you a guest?


Lesley, the answer to your question (well, the reason anyway) is in the Having a Problem section.

 


#187:  Author: Tassie_EllenLocation: Tasmania, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 3:40 am


KB, this is just wonderful! I haven't been able to get to the Board for almost 3 weeks - #$%^&*( Real Life! - but it was worth it to get so much of this ALL IN ONE GO!!! reading yummy reading

I'm sorry that GGB didn't want it, but NOT sorry that we're getting it now - it's really good.

And the next phrase rippling from my lips - or rather, fingertips - is: MORE, PLEASE!

 


#188:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 7:19 am


*thanks Vikki for providing the explanation and everyone else for their kind words* Here's more!

Tom locked the room and then headed for the main school building and the staff room. She had to collect the homework for Inter V so that she could give it back in their class, and she hoped to fix a time for a walk she and Kathie Ferrars had planned along to the Auberge that Saturday if the weather stayed fine, as both were free.
As she approached the door, she heard a voice evidently holding forth about something, and Tom opened the door to find Rosalind Moore standing in front of the window, addressing an audience of some half-dozen mistresses who were free that period.
“If it wasn’t that the Head would never agree, I’d turf her out of my class. As it is, she’s generally out in the corridor within twenty minutes. You’d think being a Senior would have made some difference to her, what with all the other things that have happened since she came to the school, particularly with the way her beloved scheme about motor boats was squashed last term, but she doesn’t seem any different.”
“Who?” Tom asked, as she carried the cup of coffee she had just poured over to her desk.
“Jocelyn Marvell,” the Geography mistress replied heatedly. “She’s a regular pest in my class. I generally waste at least five minutes of every lesson on her nonsense, before she cheeks me and I chuck her out.”
“It’s much the same in my classes,” Sally Denny said from her corner. “Fortunately, most others in her class aren’t impressed, so she doesn’t have an audience egging her on, but she manages to waste at least some part of every lesson regardless.”
“How is she with you?” Kathie curiously asked the newest member of staff.
“Anything but what you’re all saying,” Tom answered. She blew on her coffee and then sipped it, before going on. “She’s by far the most interested of all the girls in the two Inter V forms, and she usually asks the most questions, too. Sensible questions. And her work is very good. Some of her spelling is a little wild in her homework – her class is on Wednesday, by the way, so it’s in English – but her practical work is excellent.”
Rosalie Dene, who was enjoying a rare half-hour of leisure, and who knew as much about the girls as any mistress, looked thoughtful.
“We’ve had problem girls before,” she mused, suddenly grinning meaningfully at Tom, who grimaced back with a will, “but they rarely go on in the way Jocelyn has. After all, she’s had a full year here already, and most girls pull up in that time. In fact, for most, it takes less than a term.”
“I suppose we aren’t taking the right tack with her,” Nancy Wilmot mused.
“But what is the ‘right tack’?” Nell Wilson demanded. “It’s all very well to berate ourselves, but I don’t have any idea how to solve the little idiot’s problems, and her behaviour is just as bad in my classes, let me tell you. She gets a healthy dose of sarcasm almost every lesson, which seems to work for that day, but she’s just as bad by the next class.”
“I have an idea,” Rosalie suggested, and the other six mistresses immediately turned on her.
“Well, what?” Nell demanded. “We’re waiting.”
The secretary glanced at the tall woman on the opposite side of the room. “Turn Tom onto her.”
The woodworking mistress’s jaw drooped perceptibly. “Me? Why me?”
“Because you’ve just told us how well she does in your classes,” Miss Dene said calmly. “You’re obviously getting through to her – or your subject is – so she’ll put up with things from you that, if any of the rest of us suggested them, would only put her back up. But I think you might be able to approach her the right way to get her to change. If not, and Hilda was discussing this with me the other day, then we might need to consider more extreme and permanent measures.”
“You mean expulsion?” Nancy looked serious. “I hope it won’t be that. This school has been free from it for years, and I for one am not keen to use it.”
“Oh, I’m not saying it will take that much,” Rosalie replied. “But she isn’t the sort of role model that makes a good Senior, and as the fear of demotion hasn’t had any effect, it might be the only option.”
“I wouldn’t want to see that either,” Tom put in. “I remember hearing about Betty Wynne-Davies – I only came a few years after that all happened – and, of course, I heard about Thekla von Stift on one occasion. I’d hate that for Jocelyn. She has a lot of potential, and the capability to be a very good leader in her own way. It would be awful to see that wasted, and I think if we expelled her, she’d have very little chance at any of the other decent schools in England.”
“Then will you try, Tom?” a quiet voice asked, and the staff turned to find Miss Annersley in the doorway, watching the young mistress anxiously. “I really think that you might be almost that poor child’s last chance.”
Tom considered for a moment. She was busy with her work, and her anxiety over the possibility of developing TB had used up a lot of her emotional energy, but she chafed at the limitations Dr. Jack and Matey had put on her, and yearned for the chance to do more. Only, if she took this on, she would have to devote herself to it entirely. Half-measures were not Tom’s way. But she had dealt with problem boys during her time working in London. She couldn’t imagine this being all that different.
She looked up at the Head and grinned. “My methods might not be, well – orthodox.”
Hilda smiled. “I would have been very surprised if they were, my dear. But as long as they aren’t too extreme, I’ll support you in whatever you decide to try.”
“Good.” Tom drained her cup. “Where is she now?”
Rosalie glanced at the timetable that was pinned to the large noticeboard on the wall. “Her form is having French with Jeanne de Lachennais.”
Tom got to her feet and stretched. “I’ll wander along that way and see if she’s outside the room. If so, I’ll take her for a little stroll and see if I can knock some sense into her.”
As she had guessed, Tom found Jocelyn in the passageway outside her classroom, from which Mademoiselle de Lachennais could be heard explaining one of the rules of the French language.
“Oh, Jocelyn,” she began breezily, but keeping her voice lowered so that it wouldn’t carry into the room. “Just the person I was after. Come along with me. I’ve got some things I need done, and you can help me.”
The mulish look that had graced the girl’s face abated somewhat at this friendly greeting, but she cast an obviously nervous glance in the direction of the room from which she had been evicted.
“Just wait here a moment,” Tom instructed. “I’ll explain it to Mademoiselle.”
She gave the door her usual hearty bang and entered, seeing the look of surprise on her colleague’s face.
“Do those five exercises, girls,” the older woman said in French, before joining Tom near the door. “What’s wrong?” she asked rapidly, in her native language, her voice only just above a murmur.
Tom quickly explained Rosalie’s idea, and her intention to take Jocelyn for the rest of the lesson and see what she could do.
“Un bon idée,” Jeanne said approvingly. “Mais certainement, ma chère Tom. Take la petite Jocelyn and do whatever you can for her.”
“Merci beaucoup,” Tom replied. “I’ll bring her back for the end of class to get her prep – and also to apologise for whatever she said that made you send her into the passage,” she added darkly.
She quickly left the room and found Jocelyn still cooling her heels outside the door, although her expression now was more hopeful.
“Come with me,” Tom instructed. “I have some work to do on my tools that you can help me with. I noticed that your technique wasn’t quite right last class. And better to be doing this than wasting everyone’s time – Mademoiselle’s and everyone else in your form included.”
Jocelyn flushed bright red at this rebuke and remained silent as she was drawn along to the door and out into warm sunshine. As they approached the building, she heaved a huge sigh and Tom shot her an amused glance.
“I think the wind’s doing quite well enough without your help,” she suggested teasingly, and the girl giggled in spite of herself. Tom opened the door of the building and entered the woodworking room, with its large windows that looked out over the garden.
Tom fetched two bundles of tools and the equipment needed to take care of them and brought them over to one of the windows, drawing up a folding table and two chairs. For the first few minutes, Tom restricted her comments to directions and encouragement, until finally the last of the shadow had disappeared from Jocelyn’s face. Then she whispered a prayer for help and guidance under her breath and changed the subject.
“Well, Jocelyn, what’s wrong with you?”
The girl looked up, startled. “I’m alright.”
“I’m not talking about health,” Tom said calmly. “I’m talking about your general behaviour. I was very surprised,” she went on, seeing a resentful look appear in the brown eyes opposite her, “to hear reports from other mistresses about you, and to find you turfed out of Mademoiselle’s class. You behave so well in my class, and your work is up there with the best. What’s the difference between my classes and everyone else’s?”
Jocelyn was about to blurt out that it was none of Miss Gay’s business, but something in the grey eyes stopped her and made her reconsider.
“I don’t know,” she finally mumbled, somewhat disconcerted.
“Really?”
The girl looked up at the woman opposite and was unable to speak. She rubbed at the saw she had been cleaning, and fixed her gaze on her shoes.
“All right, you don’t know what’s wrong,” Tom finally said, when the silence threatened to become overwhelming. “What about the reason why you do it? Can you tell me that?”
Tom’s manner, which seemed to encourage confidences, made Jocelyn stop and think. She had never considered her behaviour as deeply as she did now, and the memory of some of her wilder pranks made her flush. After all, she was growing up, having recently had her fourteenth birthday, and now found some of her earlier escapades quite childish.
“I… I thought they were funny.”
“You thought they were? But you don’t now?” Tom’s tone was mildly interrogative. “Why not?”
“Well, I’ve grown up since then,” Jocelyn said slowly, her eyes still fixed on her work.
“Yes, I think you probably have. But what I find surprising is that, at your age, you still continue to cheek and defy people. Of course, some little children find that amusing.” Tom spoke with intent and could see its effect on the bright pink ears that showed through Jocelyn’s dark hair. “They find it funny to be rude and ill-mannered, but I would have thought you’d got beyond that stage, too.”
Jocelyn couldn’t help squirming at this. Even in only a few weeks, she had developed a great deal of respect and admiration for this woman, and it hurt to have her commenting so honestly on her behaviour.
“It’s not that exactly,” she muttered, her head still bent over her work, so that Tom had some difficulty in hearing precisely what she said.
“Well, what is it, then?” Miss Gay asked.
Jocelyn looked acutely embarrassed as she raised her head. “It’s mad,” she admitted confidingly, “but I think I’m just used to it now.”
“Oh, a habit,” Tom said. “And a bad one. You’ve made all the mistresses annoyed with you, and I doubt most people in your form think much of you because of that behaviour. Of course,” she went on somewhat scathingly, “you’ve got the ability to be a very good leader, in the same way as Jack Lambert is and Len Maynard was, but at the moment it’s only the silly, empty-headed girls, who don’t have much imagination of their own, who pay that sort of attention to you.” She looked squarely at the girl, who returned to staring at her feet. “You know, you’ve got brains, Jocelyn. I’ve seen that in the work you’ve given me, and the fact that you can be so honest about yourself now. If you’d only use them properly, you’d probably be much higher up in form than you are now. After all,“ and here Tom managed to hit on one of Jocelyn’s weak points, “I’m sure it’s embarrassing for you to always be near the bottom of your form lists when you know that you can do better.”
It was impossible for Jocelyn to go any redder, but now she wished that the floor would open up and swallow her. Even as frank as her own form mates had been about her behaviour – and she was under no illusions that, now that they ranked Seniors, their general behaviour and point of view had changed dramatically, a fact proved by their almost pitilessly blunt comments – they had still been less brutally honest that Tom was now.
“Maybe I can’t do any better,” she muttered in a surly tone, feeling her eyes prickling suspiciously, but Tom wasn’t deceived. She knew this wasn’t insolence, and made a pretty good guess at the girl’s feelings.
“You won’t know until you try,” she said gently. “But I know that what will be difficult for you will be the urge to play tricks and be rude to people.” She glanced around the room and was inspired. “However, I think I might know a way to help you with that.”
Jocelyn looked up at once, the hot colour slowly fading from her cheeks and ears. “What is it?” she asked eagerly, so much so that the tall mistress chuckled.
“I’ll make a deal with you,” she offered. It was a tactic that had sometimes worked with the boys in the club she had begun, and Jocelyn was so reliant on others’ opinions that its success was also likely. “I’ll let you help me with odd bits and pieces here during your free periods – I have more work than I can really do, and although I’ve got Jack Lambert to help me some days, it would be even better if I could have you, too…”
“That would be simply sma – super!” Jocelyn exclaimed, not too excited to forget the rules when a mistress was sitting opposite. “Oh, Miss Gay, I’d love it!”
“I’m glad to hear it,” Tom smiled, “but you haven’t heard the rest yet – your part of the bargain.”
The girl’s face fell as all sorts of ideas popped into her head, but she remained silent, waiting to hear what was said.
“Whether or not you can work with me depends on how well you do,” Tom said gravely, all the fun gone from her eyes. She meant to impress on this young rebel how important this was, hoping that her treatment would prove effective. “Any time I hear that you’ve had to be turfed out of class for anything, you lose your chance to help me here. How long it lasts will depend on the severity of the offence. Same thing if you cheek people – and by that I mean mistresses and prefects. But if I were you, I’d also take care of what I said to the others in your form. You don’t want them all turning against you because of something you say or do, so learn to watch your language.”
Jocelyn’s expression was now almost comically dismal. “But that – that’s mouldy!” she cried out. “All that stuff – I won’t have any fun at all!”
“So working with me isn’t fun?” Tom asked, unanswerably, so far as Jocelyn was concerned.
The mistress put down the drill piece she had been cleaning and fixed a stern gaze on the girl opposite.
“Now listen to me, Jocelyn. This is your last chance. I’m sure you remember what the Head said to you the last time you had to go to her. If you don’t agree to this – well, I don’t know how long she’s going to put up with it before she starts to feel you’re not the sort of girl we want to be seen as belonging to this school.”
At this plain speaking, Jocelyn gasped in horror. During the moments facing Miss Annersley in that woman’s study, the thought had occurred to her, too, but the kindly Head had refrained from making it this obvious, hoping that it would be unnecessary. Tom had no such scruples.
Jocelyn could only imagine how her parents would react to such news, if the worst happened. She was determined to do everything she could to avoid such a fate, and the face she turned up to Tom’s was set with determination.
“I’ll do it,” she agreed.
Tom smiled, but her tone carried a note of warning. “It won’t always be easy. But when you find it difficult, come and take out a little of your frustration on my wood. It won’t feel it, the same way people do. And I’m sure you’re old enough to realise that saying nasty things to people hurts their feelings, just as they’d hurt yours if they said it to you.”
Jocelyn flushed again, but she was looking happier now. “I’ll remember,” she promised fervently as she glanced at the clock that hung high on the wall and then began to put away her cleaning things. She remained silent until the bell rang, and then, when Miss Gay said she could go, headed for the door. Once there, though, she looked back over her shoulder. “And… and thank you. I’ll do my best, I promise.”

 


#189:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 7:51 am


Tom is certainly living up to her potential. It'll also be interesting to see how Jack & Jocelyn interact. (They will, won't they?)

But I especially enjoyed the Jo-Stacie scene!

 


#190:  Author: KB_2Location: Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 10:00 am


Will they? Wait and see, my love! Laughing

 


#191:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 10:56 am


Cryptic clues KB!

 


#192:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 11:37 am


Twisted Evil I'm good at those! Twisted Evil

 


#193:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 2:25 pm


Yes and I can see the potential for sparks between Jack & Jocelyn!!
*remembering the car debacle with Jane*

Very good KB!

Also liked the Jo/Stacie reminisces ...

Shocked at Jo being busy ... again!!

 


#194:  Author: LLLocation: Tottenham, London PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 2:37 pm


great stuff KB! will you put it all together in the fiction section sometime?

 


#195:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 6:27 pm


That's great KB! If I had this as a book, I would read it at a sitting and be deaf and dumb to any interruptions till I had!

*thinks of the times this has happened and the embarrassing consequences Embarassed *

 


#196:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 6:30 pm


that's pretty much what I did, Pat!

 


#197:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 7:09 pm


Good for Tom, now lets just see if Jocelyn can pull up. She'll get herself in real trouble if she doesn't, with her form if nobody else!

Thanks KB

 


#198:  Author: James PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 7:29 pm


Wow, that was REALLY great, KB - just as if EBD wrote it herself! Can't wait 'til tomorrow for more Smile

*quite glad we're only getting a chapter a day, as if I had the full book I wouldn't be doing ANY of my paperwork at all!*

 


#199:  Author: AlexLocation: Home again PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 10:14 pm


The Jo and Stacie thing was soooo funny. It's always really bugged me that no-one seems to know that Jo is pregnant until she tells them around the 28 week mark. Good for Stacie!

 


#200:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 10:21 pm


LL wrote:
great stuff KB! will you put it all together in the fiction section sometime?


Liss is putting it up in the Sally Denny Library. (Thanks, Liss.)

Chapter X – The Arrival of Annis

When two weeks had passed and Jocelyn had improved beyond all recognition, the Head gave her secretary full credit for the improvement, although Rosalie laughed and said that Tom should be given just as much, for she gave up many of her own free hours to help the girl, despite medical orders to the contrary, and the change in both Jocelyn and Jack was marked. Of course, for the younger girl at least, the change wasn’t immediate, but a few afternoons of staring out a window at the rain instead of the delights that awaited her in Tom’s wonderful room soon brought her to her senses.
Tom herself was quietly and unobtrusively drawing the older and younger girls into a friendship based on common interests, planning for the time when the missionary would return to London and her true vocation. Having someone to guide and direct, as Len had done for Jack, would bring the older girl out of her secret loneliness – a feeling that Tom knew Jack would have died rather than confess, but that Tom knew from personal experience was there. She had felt the same as a Middle, when Daisy Venables, for whom Tom had developed a warm affection from her first weeks at the school, had left to study medicine. Therefore, Tom knew something of how Jack was feeling and was determined to do whatever she could to ease it.
As for Jocelyn, Tom felt that she would do better with an older girl, for whom she might develop a healthy dose of respect, as a mentor of sorts, and being such a steady, reliable Senior as Jack had become, Tom had no qualms about the partnership. Miss Annersley, when it had been put to her, with every angle explained with Tom’s usual precision, had heartily approved the plan.
“See how far you can take it without them realising, Tom,” she had directed. “Of course, if they’re not going to get on – and they may not, being so similar – then we might have to think of another idea, but this will be a good start.”
The result seemed to be good so far, Tom thought as she watched the two dark heads working at one bench. Several other people had expressed an interest in joining in, but had lost enthusiasm after only a few days, leaving Jack and Jocelyn to the joys of their woodwork.
“Careful, Jack,” Miss Gay warned, as the girl prepared to chisel away a small piece. “Very lightly, remember, or you’ll ruin it.”
Jack had decided that she wanted to carve pictures out of pieces of wood, to be painted and sold at the Sale, and was to be found hard at work every spare minute, practicing how deep she could cut to get different effects. Her patience and eagerness to experience had obviously sparked in Jocelyn a profound admiration, and the younger girl was experimenting, for the moment, with chip-carving, in preparation, Tom suspected, for something similar to what Jack was doing.
By the time the bell rang, the girls had already cleared up, and Tom chased them out into the passage that connected the school to this new building. The weather was miserable, with rain almost every day, but so far they had not had snow, so the school took frequent walks between the showers. Although the younger girls complained about the need to take umbrellas, most were too grateful to be out-of-doors to do more than grumble, and it was surprising how few had ended up in Lost Property after Miss Annersley issued a fiat that any girl who was unable to produce her umbrella must remain at the school.
Tom locked the building and headed for the main school and the Kaffee und Kuchen that Odile Paulet would bring from the Speisesaal to the staff room.
Rosalie stood up as the new mistress entered the warm room and held out an envelope. “This came for you this morning, Tom,” she told the tall woman.
Tom accepted the letter with thanks, beaming as she looked down at the handwriting on the front of the envelope.
“From Annis! Jolly good. I thought it was about time I heard from her again.”
Nell Wilson, sitting in the corner, suddenly looked wise, but remained silent. She and Hilda had decided not to mention to anyone about Captain’s Lovell’s illness, feeling that it was a private matter. She watched Tom get herself a cup of coffee, all the time wondering what news that letter would contain, praying that, if it was the worst, Annis would have the strength to face whatever trials were coming for her.
Suddenly, with a muffled cry of surprise, Tom flung the letter down onto the table and snatched up her purse.
“Tom!” Peggy Burnett exclaimed. “What are you doing?”
“Got to go,” Tom called back, having already left the room at a run. “Annis is waiting for me!”
The door slammed shut, leaving the other occupants to stare at each other in astonishment.
“Well,” Matron said crisply. “What on earth was that all about?”
Rosalind Moore picked up the envelope in which the letter had arrived, and which had been blown off the desk, landing on the floor near her foot.
“This has been redirected,” she announced. “Annis has probably arranged to meet Tom today, but the late delivery means Tom’s late.”
That was as close as any of them could guess, so eventually the subject turned to Upper IV’s attempts at a French essay, over which Jeanne de Lachennais had been poring for the last half hour, with exclamations, usually of horror at some misconstrued sentence.
Tom, meanwhile, had fled along the passageway to her own quarters and was wriggling into her warmest things before pulling on her raincoat and snatching up her umbrella. She had barely ten minutes to catch the mountain train that would take her down to Interlaken, and it was a walk to get to the station. Fortunately, just as she left the school grounds, a car pulled up beside her and she saw Dr. Maynard beaming at her from the driver’s seat.
“In a hurry, Tom?” he asked with a grin, and Tom scrambled into the passenger seat.
“Can you take me along to the station?” she begged somewhat breathlessly. “I’ve got to catch the train down to Interlaken.”
“Of course,” the doctor said obligingly, let in the clutch, and the car bowled quickly along the length of the Platz to the small station. He saw Tom off with a cheerful wave, and the woman, having caught her breath during the drive, bought a ticket and then got into the train.
The journey gave her a chance to neaten her hair, but it was not many minutes after she was tidy that the small mountain train slid smoothly into the station and the doors opened.
A slight young woman with curly black hair, dark brown eyes and something almost gypsy-like in her appearance stood on the platform when Tom made her way onto it. When Tom had last seen her, the girl’s eyes had been sparkling and light, but now there was something almost indefinably sad about her appearance, and her reply to Tom’s enthusiastic embrace was a small, tight squeeze, but no real greeting.
“Annis, old thing,” Tom beamed down at her from her greater height. “I was thrilled to the back teeth to get your letter. But what on earth are you doing in Switzerland? I thought you were either still in Australia on your farm, or else in England.”
Annis Lovell made a valiant effort and swallowed the tears that had come so near the surface thanks to Tom’s warmth, although her eyes continued to swim with tears until she blinked them back.
“I… I’ve been here for a while – three weeks to be exact.” She managed a watery smile. “I hadn’t any time to tell you, for I’ve been so busy. But I’ve got lots of time to spare now, and I knew that you were up at the School, so I thought I’d take a chance on you having time to see me.”
“This is my free afternoon, as it happens,” Tom replied, moderating her tones as they left the station, her arm slung through that of her old friend. She cast a single searching glance at Annis and then let her eyes rove around the square. “Shall we go and splurge on a coffee with a pile of whipped cream and one of those cakes they’re famous for around here, or did you have something else in mind?”
“Actually, I…” Annis swallowed hard again and managed to control her voice. “I wanted you to come back to my room. I’d like to tell you what’s been happening and ask your advice, if you don’t mind. You’re so sensible, Tom, and I feel like I’m adrift at sea with nothing and no one to hold on to.”
Her voice shook and Tom was horrified to see tears mass in Annis’s eyes and trickle down her thin cheeks as she began to weep noiselessly.
“It’s all right, my dear,” she said warmly, and passed an arm around her shoulders in an embrace. “Let’s go back to your room and you can ask away.”

 


#201:  Author: EllieLocation: Lincolnshire PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 10:28 pm


I'm still loving seeing this, even if I have read it already. I would still have preferred to see it in proper book form though......

 


#202:  Author: MandyLocation: Derry, N.Ireland PostPosted: Wed Mar 24, 2004 11:38 pm


thanks for that bit KB, I always enjoy when we see the staffroom.

 


#203:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 8:02 am


Lots of time to spare -- oooh, doesn't sound good for Annis' dad. Glad Tom's there to lean on -- hope she can help.

 


#204:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 8:23 am


*hauls over tissue box and refills it*

After a moment, the younger girl had regained control of herself and the pair headed down a narrow cobbled alley and away from the station. Buildings of several storeys lined both sides of the street, and outside one of the shabbiest, Annis stopped, pulled a key from her pocket and opened the door. They climbed to the upper level and Annis moved to the closer door, opening it.
The apartment was sparsely furnished, the living room containing only one large armchair and a smaller, harder chair, both pulled up near the window. Small tables stood beside each, and one, near the less comfortable chair, held Annis’s writing case and a pen. Through an open doorway, Tom could see the kitchen, which contained no personal touches and had only the most vital of utensils.
“Do you… want something to drink?”
Annis couldn’t prevent her voice from trembling, and Tom squeezed her hand gently.
“Don’t bother about that, old thing,” she said quietly. “Just tell me what’s wrong and how I can help.”
Annis waved her to the armchair and took the other, staring out past her and through the window, which looked out towards the mountains.
“Father… is dead,” she finally got out, and Tom immediately grasped both small, cold hands in her warm ones.
“Oh, Annis,” she said, infusing her voice with as much pity as possible. “My dear, I’m so sorry, so very sorry!”
“It was… last week,” the younger girl continued. “At least, it really started about a month after my husband died. I told you about that – remember?”
“I remember,” Tom said in a low voice.
“Well, he – Father – he came to the funeral. About a week after he arrived, he told me that he was on sick leave from the Navy, but he wouldn’t tell me why. Of course, I pretty soon guessed it – he coughed all the time and was awfully tired. The climate in Australia didn’t suit him – too hot and dry – so I sold the farm and we packed up and came back here. I was going to get him to see Dr. Jem, but we were based in London, and you know yourself what London weather’s like. Father got pulled down and couldn’t travel, so eventually I made him go and see Sir James Talbot.”
“He’s the big TB man, isn’t he?” Tom asked gently. “Pater was going to send me to him, he told me, if I hadn’t been going to visit Bride.”
“You can probably guess what he said,” Annis went on, not heeding this, wrapped up in her story and determined to get through it before she broke down again. “Father was too far gone for any help he could give, and the only thing he could suggest was to go to Switzerland so that we’d be on the spot as soon as any beds became vacant at the San. But the journey was so long and Father was so weak at the end of it that I guessed he wouldn’t be able to go on. We were here for about three weeks, and then he died during the night. He was buried yesterday.”
Now that the story was told, Annis was steadier, and she was able to meet her friend’s gaze. Something in the warm eyes opposite made her feel that perhaps here was someone who could ease the dreadful loneliness she had begun to feel since her father’s death, and she let Tom gently squeeze her hands.
“You should have told me,” Tom scolded lightly. “I could have at least been here to help. It must have been so dreadful for you. If only I’d known…”
“I didn’t have a chance to tell anyone,” Annie interrupted. “He went so fast that we really only had time to sort out his papers and write his will. What with all the cooking and cleaning…” She trailed off and there was a moment of silence before Tom spoke again.
“What advice do you want?” she prompted, hoping to take her friend’s mind off her loss. “How can I help?”
Annis sighed deeply. “I… I’m sort of lost,” she admitted. “I lost Matthew a year ago in that car accident, but then I had Father to worry about. Now he’s gone, I feel like I’ve got nothing to focus on anymore. I thought maybe you might be able to help.”
Tom considered the problem as she gazed out of the window at the city below, which was gradually disappearing as the light began to fade. Then she cast a glance around at the inside of the apartment. Its emptiness was the first thing that struck her. There were no personal knick-knacks or paintings on the walls, the shelves were bare, and the furniture was of a utilitarian nature. Tom felt that staying here would give her friend no real chance to escape from the loneliness that would be so obvious after the loss of her father and was determined to get Annis somewhere that she could begin to feel as if she had friends around her. The question was where she could go.
Suddenly Tom’s grey eyes lit up as an idea struck her. She turned to her friend with a smile that seemed to hold the promise of an answer.
“You mustn’t stay here,” she said firmly. “I don’t know that you’d want to anyway. I’m very busy up at the school and wouldn’t be able to come down to visit you, but if you were up at the Platz, it would be different.”
“You mean at the school?” Annis suggested.
“I’m not sure there’s room for you there,” Tom replied slowly. “It’s rather full just now, but I’m sure that Mrs. Maynard would be happy to invite you to stay with her. Freudesheim is pretty empty just now, what with the triplets over in England, the boys back at school and most of the little ones at the Chalet School. I’m positive she’d love to have you.” Tom jumped up from her chair. “I’ll call her and find out. You can see about packing up some of your things so that we can be ready to go as soon as we’ve got somewhere for you.”
Before Annis could really respond, Tom had left the apartment, the door slamming behind her, and her footsteps could be heard hurrying down the steps. Annis was still so breathless from Tom’s idea that it took her another moment to react, but she forced herself out of the armchair and went into the bedroom her father had occupied until so recently, swallowing to ease the pain in her chest at the sight of his things. She hoped that Joey would be willing to have her, even if only for a short time. She wanted to leave this place, where it seemed that everything she touched reminded her of her father. But if she could have a complete change, maybe she would find other things to think about than her loss and perhaps begin to move on from the pain-filled part of her life to something happier.

 


#205:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 8:48 am


*grabs a whole bunch of tissues* Very thoughtful to put them there, KB.

Good for Tom! It can't be good for Annis to be alone. That was very moving and real.

Thanks, KB. I look for this thread every time I come on the board.

 


#206:  Author: NinaLocation: Peterborough, UK PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 10:19 am


PatMac wrote:

Thanks, KB. I look for this thread every time I come on the board.


I've done something I very rarely do, and added the thread to my favourites so I can go to it before I go to the rest of the board!

Really enjoying it, and again thanks for the tissues!

 


#207:  Author: KathrynLocation: Melbourne/Hamilton until 11 September PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 10:21 am


PatMac wrote:
That's great KB! If I had this as a book, I would read it at a sitting and be deaf and dumb to any interruptions till I had!


Which it what I did! But you'll have to what for KB's postings. I'm not spilling any beans.

 


#208:  Author: Tassie_EllenLocation: Tasmania, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 11:07 am


*takes lots of tissues (and refills the box) and scrubs eyes*

KB, this is beautifully written. Poor Annis; so glad she has Tom to lean on for a bit!

Ellen *wildly jealous of those lucky blighters who have already had the privilege of reading this in its entirety, and wishing they'd stop bragging about it Rolling Eyes *

 


#209:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 11:26 am


Poor Annis - what a double tragedy but Tom is definitely the right person to help her and I like the way she's manipulating the Jocelyn/Jack relationship

Like the way this is progressing - can see Annis ending up as one of Joey's ubiquitous mother's helps ... especially if it's quads!! Shocked

 


#210:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 12:56 pm


I didn't think about it being quads. I wonder if it will be. Surprised

 


#211:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 5:09 pm


Poor Annis, I'm glad Tom is being so supportive after Annis' triple loss.

 


#212:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 5:48 pm


Thanks Kb this is still wonderful, looking forward to the next installment. So touchingly written.

 


#213:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 5:50 pm


Oops - which loss did I miss? Embarassed

 


#214:  Author: KatarzynaLocation: Preston, Lancashire PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 5:56 pm


I think she lost her husband then the baby she was carrying and now finally her father. Crying or Very sad

 


#215:  Author: AlexLocation: Home again PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 6:53 pm


I think Joey is about due for triplet boys.

 


#216:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 7:13 pm


Alex wrote:
I think Joey is about due for triplet boys.


LOL

 


#217:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 10:24 pm


Thank you KB - poor Annis Crying or Very sad

 


#218:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 10:32 pm


Triplet boys? Oh, dear, poor Joey! She wouldn't know who to ignore first! Laughing

Chapter XI – Hope for Annis

Tom walked back into the small apartment and found her friend in her bedroom, packing clothes into a suitcase. The face Annis turned to her was hopeful, and Tom was quick to tell her what had been said, even as she came to help.
“Miss Annersley said she’ll called Mrs. Maynard for us, and you can come back to the school with me for Abendessen. She’s sending Rosalie Dene down with the school’s runabout and we’ll pack all your things into it. Do you have to give notice or anything like that?”
A faint smile lit Annis’ face, even as she busied herself with a new suitcase. “My landlord has been wonderful. When we arrived, I took Father to the Hotel Europe, which was far more than we could afford. I was trying to find somewhere and he offered this to me at an unbelievably cheap rate – for here, I mean. I knew by then, you see, what was expensive and what wasn’t. And he said to me only yesterday that I didn’t have to let him know I was leaving – only drop the key off at his rooms downstairs before I left.”
“The furniture and things?” Tom asked, moving a lamp and cloth from the top of an upturned box, which she righted and then began to fill.
“They’re his, too. And luckily my rent was paid yesterday, so he won’t be out of pocket by much, if at all. He’s been so lovely, and his wife, too,” Annis explained, and Tom could hear that a little of the strain that had been evident in her voice when they had first met was gone. “She would often bring things up when she was cooking – cakes and pies and puddings.” Annis heaved a trembling sigh. “People can be so nice, and to total strangers, too.”
Tom slipped an arm around her shoulders with a comforting squeeze. “Things will get better from now on,” she promised. “And you’ll enjoy it up at the Platz.”
“I’ll get to see you teaching,” Annis replied, forcing a smile as she offered a pillow to tuck in around a lamp, in order to stop it from being broken. “Girls aren’t boys, you know.”
“Sometimes they can be very similar,” Tom told her. “Several girls – at least one of whom is most definitely slated for Head Girl before she’s finished – are very boyish. No, my dear, I’m not telling you who they are. You can work it out for yourself. I’m sure you’ll have plenty of time to get to know the current crop of girls if you’re right next door.”
They worked companionably for some time in silence, before Tom opened the doors of a small cupboard and retrieved two items, which she looked at for a moment before casting a bewildered glance at her friend.
“What are these?”
Annis looked up and then came over to take the first from the other woman, rubbing at the small gold-coloured figure on the top.
“This is a prize I won for rowing when I was doing my PE degree,” she said, burying it lovingly in a trunk that was half-full of her clothes.
“But what about this?” Tom demanded. “It looks like the handle of something – or that would have been the handle, before it broke off.”
Annis gave a rueful smile. “Kester Bellever would know,” she admitted. “So would Cherry Christy. I had to keep it. It always reminded me that I had managed to survive once when things seemed impossible, and so I could do it again.” She met Tom’s eyes and saw the bewilderment in them. “This is the remains of the oar from St. Hild’s, the boat I took when I tried to run away from school and my aunt – do you remember?”
“Yes, I do,” Tom said in a low voice, eyeing the wooden stump, which she handed over when the other woman held out a hand for it.
“I would come in here every night, after Father fell asleep,” Annis went on, unheeding. “That was always the worst time, when I would start to imagine how it would be after he was gone and I would be alone for the rest of my life. Then I would take out those two things and remember: first, that I had survived that terrible time alone in the fog off the coast of St. Briavel’s Island, and second, that there are still things I’m good at, and that I could do to support myself once it was all over and Father was at peace with Mother. They kept me going when things got really hard,” she added, before putting the stump of the oar into the box and closing it.
Looking around, she added the last few books from a shelf into the box that Tom was packing and then nodded.
“That’s everything. All the kitchen stuff and furniture belongs to them, and I’ve already cleared out Father’s room. I tried to keep everything in here to make it easier.”
“That’s probably Rosalie now,” Tom said as she heard a car horn tooting in the street below them. Crossing to the window, she peered out and then leaned out at a perilous angle to wave wildly before pulling herself in again. Turning back, she picked up the heavier box and the single suitcase, leaving Annis to take the other box and a small bag she had fetched from the bathroom.
Annis locked the door and they headed down the stairs, stopping only briefly to let the younger woman drop off the key.
“They’re out for the night,” she explained, as Tom suggested that she might want to say goodbye. “I’ll call them tomorrow. They’re on the ‘phone.”
Out in the street, Tom pack the car while Rosalie greeted Annis warmly, being careful to avoid the more difficult questions, having already heard a brief of the story from Miss Annersley, who had got much of it from Tom on the phone.
Annis was still overwhelmed by the speed at which things had moved and found it difficult to participate in the conversation. To give her time to recover her composure, the older woman began to chat to Tom about the work that was being done in the woodwork classes, and by the time they reached the school gates, Annis was able to take part in the discussion.
“Don’t worry about your things,” Rosalie told Annis. “I’ll get Gaudenz to take them over to Freudesheim for you. You can unpack later this evening.”
“Come on, old thing,” Tom said, tucking her arm through her friend’s. “We have to see the Head. She’ll have to go and see to Prayers in an hour or so, and we want to get through first.”

 


#219:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Thu Mar 25, 2004 10:37 pm


Lovely, KB! Thanks! I'm glad Annis has such a supportive friend.

 


#220:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 12:12 am


Thanks, KB. I know I keep saying it, but it really is good.

 


#221:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 12:17 am


Wonderful! Thanks KB!

 


#222:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 12:22 am


Just because I'm not commenting doesn't mean I'm not enjoying reading this again, KB! I'm enjoying everyone's comments too!

 


#223:  Author: Carolyn PLocation: Lancaster, England PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 12:26 am


Love the comment about not knowing who to ignore first!!!

 


#224:  Author: ravenseyesLocation: New Zealand PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 2:28 am


This is great KB. Really enjoying it. thank you

 


#225:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 7:10 am


Annis allowed herself to be drawn along to the familiar building and up the main stairs into the passage that led to the Head’s study. Miss Annersley was already waiting in the doorway for them, having seen the runabout pull up outside the building, and welcomed the younger woman with a warm smile.
“Annis, my dear,” she greeted her in her beautiful voice. “Come in and having something to eat and drink, both of you. I suppose you haven’t had any supper.”
“Nor afternoon tea,” Tom agreed cheerfully. “I’m famished, I can tell you. This looks wonderful, Hilda.”
Only the Head and Tom herself knew the difficulty the younger woman had had in saying that name, instead of the more formal title she had used for so many years. But now, with half term almost upon the school, it was becoming a habit, although Hilda Annersley had to smile at the startled look Annis shot at her friend on this occasion, even as they sat down on the pretty sofa and armchairs that were arranged in one corner of the large room.
Jo and Jack sat on the sofa, and both rose as they entered to greet Annis with a kiss and a smile, as well as the assurance that they would love to have her stay with them for a time, as it would be another new face. Although Jack didn’t say anything, he was concerned by her thin appearance and the drawn, pinched look of her face, which suggested that she hadn’t been eating properly. He decided that he would put her on a strict programme to help her regain her health, and the glance Joey shot at him when Annis politely refused a second bun showed that she had been following the same line of thought.
Once they had eaten everything on the plates, and sent Gretchen for more coffee, the Head at last turned to her former pupil and, in the voice Joey always declared was one of her best assets, asked enough gentle questions to get much of the story about her father from Annis.
“You’re very plucky,” she said finally, and her tones revealed her sympathy.
“I’m not,” Annis replied quietly. “Not really. But I thought for so long that I’d really lost Father when his ship went down. To have him again, and for as long as I have, was a gift from God, and I had to show my gratitude to Him for that. And I was grateful,” she said earnestly. “I don’t know how I’d have got over Matthew’s death if it hadn’t been for having my father to take care of.”
“God works in mysterious ways,” Tom said in a voice full of simple belief.
“And we can only trust in Him to do what is right for us,” Miss Annersley added. Then she smiled at the younger women. “Perhaps He sent you to us, in the hope that we can help you to get over the bad times that may be ahead of you.”
Annis smiled. “I’d have to be a blind, selfish pig not to know that it’s thanks to this school that I’ve been as fortunate as I have been for the last ten years or more. Most other places would have turfed me out with the way I behaved. I owe you all – and particularly you, Miss Annersley – a lot for that, and I’d love the chance to repay as much of it as I can.”
The Head Mistress returned the smile. “I’m delighted to hear it, Annis. And I can assure you that all of our efforts have paid of in more ways than most of us could have imagined. You’re a credit to the school, my dear, with your courage and strength.”
Annis flushed bright red again, and Joey changed the subject, in the hope of giving her a chance to recover. “How is your aunt, Mrs. Bain?”
“Oh, she died five years ago,” the girl answered lightly. “She was on a cruise of the Bahamas when she died – of pneumonia, I believe – and was buried in Nassau. Father was on a ship nearby and arrived the day after the funeral. He was given all her papers and things, and,” Annis suddenly giggled, “she must have forgotten to change her will. Perhaps you remember that, after she and father had that meeting at Penny Rest, she told him we would get nothing – me, particularly.”
She was so intent on her story that she missed the grammatical error, and for once, the Head also ignored it.
“When we received her will, we found that she’d left everything to me, just as she said she would in her letters while I was still at school. Of course, she’d spent some of it, but there was still a decent sum left. And then, of course, there was all that money that was in the annuity – still quite a bit, I believe. And Father had been putting some of his own money away ever since then, to allow for his retirement.” Annis’ voice trembled, but even as Hilda shot her a sharp glance, she regained control of herself. “Father rewrote his will while he was ill, and he found a lawyer here in Interlaken, who’s going to find out exactly what’s where. It all comes to me, you see, so I’m not going to be very badly off, and if I can earn my own living, like I was before I got married, I should do very well.”
“I’m so glad, my dear,” the Head said warmly. “But if you find yourself in difficulties before it all comes through – and I know there can sometimes be red tape, particularly if it’s overseas, as it may well be, considering your father’s occupation – do let me know and I’ll arrange for you to borrow whatever you need, as much as I can.”
Annis smiled at her gratefully. “Thank you, Miss Annersley. That’s a big help. I’m not sure exactly when it will become available, and, well, things were getting a bit tight.”
“I’m sure they were.” The Head smiled and then, as the bell rang to announce Prayers, rose to her feet, the others doing the same. “Joey, how about you take Annis and help her unpack her things while Tom and I go to Prayers? You can come tomorrow and we’ll invite those staff who will remember Annis for Kaffee und Kuchen for a reunion of sorts.”
“Good idea,” Jo agreed with a smile. “Karen can cook up some of my – sorry, her favourite buns and biscuits, and we’ll come with pleasure.” She shrugged into her jacket before she and Jack escorted Annis out of the school and across the lawn to the gate in the fence that led to their home, chattering gaily.

 


#226:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 11:11 am


Good to see Annis surrounded by such warmth and sympathy ...

*chuckling at the boy triplet comments*

 


#227:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 1:27 pm


Were Annis and Tom good friends in the books? I haven't read the few after Island.

 


#228:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 1:30 pm


Another great episode, KB. It's good to see that everyone is so caring about Annis.

 


#229:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 1:31 pm


Another wonderful chapter, thanks KB!

 


#230:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 9:32 pm


*wonders if it's time for the next bit yet?*

 


#231:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 9:33 pm


Sarah_L wrote:
Were Annis and Tom good friends in the books? I haven't read the few after Island.


Yes, they were quite good friends. Annis is the one who tells Tom about Loveday leaving in "Bride Leads", for example.

Chapter XII – A Letter From Len

Jo stood at the French windows that looked out over the Freudesheim garden and waved to the group that were crossing the lawn to the school. It was the first day after half term, and she had had an easy time of it during the holiday, despite having her younger daughters home with her over the extended weekend, with Stacie and Annis to help her.
Felicity cast an anxious glance back at her mother before going through the gate, but Jo knew that as soon as she was back with her friends, she would be all right, and the woman moved back into the salon, hoping to return to her latest book. Freudesheim was almost stunningly quiet, with only Claire left behind now. Even Phil was recovering so well that Jack had suggested she go to the Kindergarten for several days each week, and had gone so far as to say that when the newest member of the Maynard family arrived, late in March, Claire would join the other youngsters at the Chalet School Kindergarten.
The half term vacation had involved several expeditions for the Maynard party, and fortunately the weather had been kind for all but one day. They had had outings to various places, often with picnic lunches and afternoon teas, and during the foggy Saturday, they had all gone down to Interlaken to spend the day with the Everetts and Gardiners in their new flat. Peter had quickly adjusted to the new apartment, and Mr. Everett had been released three weeks before the half-term holiday. Both patients were recovering well from their attacks of TB, but Mr. Everett would need many months in the Swiss Alps before he could return to England and Mrs. Gardiner had decided that she, Val and Peter would stay in Switzerland at least until Val’s days at the Chalet School were finished.
The younger members of that party came up to the Görnetz Platz to join their friends for the daily walks around the small villages that dotted the mountainsides around the Platz. Jo and the other adults had frequently joined the picnics, although Audrey was easily able to keep charge of the younger girls.
For some variety, and at Jack Maynard’s urging, Annis had spent one day with the Upper Fifths, who, with Tom, Jeanne de Lachennais and Kathie Ferrars, had gone to Solothurn for the weekend. She had returned late in the evening, full of her day’s adventures and the girls’ enjoyment of the arsenal. Much to Jack’s relief, she had been able to laugh when retelling the activities of the day, and particularly the surprise of those girls caught by the spray of water that came from the suit of armour worn by the Duke of Burgundy’s jester. The doctor had been worried about her health, both mental and physical, after nursing her father, but the health-giving air of Switzerland was doing its work, and even just a few weeks of being in it was bringing the colour back to her cheeks.
Jo’s hopes of working on her book were dashed when she found Anna in the passageway outside the salon, holding a letter, which she offered to her mistress.
“From Len,” she beamed, before bustling away to begin preparing lunch.
Jo took the envelope and returned to the salon, where a fire crackled cheerfully in the grate and provided such a contrast to the grey, clammy weather outside. She thankfully set aside the mending that waited in a basket beside her chair and ordered Bruno onto the rug when he tried to enthusiastically wash her face with a wet tongue.
Anna reappeared a moment later with a tray on which stood a pot, milk jug, sugar bowl and cup from the delicate china set that Sophie Hamel, a very old friend, had sent to Jo from Innsbruck, several years earlier, after an accident had destroyed Joey’s old china set . Anna was such a careful washer-up that it was still in pristine condition. Jo thanked her and poured herself a drink before tearing open the envelope and taking out the sheets, written in Len’s clear hand.

“Dear Mama,
“I’m sorry for such a short letter last week, but I’ve been so busy that I’ve had very little time to write at all! This one will probably be done over several days, so I only hope it’s not too disjointed. I’m instructed to send greetings from Con, who has promised that she will try to send a letter as soon as possible, but she has a new poem in her head at the moment and hasn’t managed to get her head out of the clouds long enough to write you properly. She has quite a collection of poems now, and is even beginning to talk about sending them off to be published, but I think that’s still quite some time off.
“As for me, I’m simply loving it! It’s a lot of work, of course, but the libraries here are just wonderful and I spend hours there researching things. I’d be happy to just sit there and read all the books they have, but I don’t think I’d ever get through them all. I’m still trying to get used to the freedom of it all, though. After so long of having everything organised for me, with hours for prep, it seems strange not to have that limitation anymore. Still, I suppose it trains you to work properly, so that when you come to a freer life, you’ve learned know how to work hard and concentrate.
“I heard from Margot two days ago. She said she was writing to you, too. She seems to be really enjoying studying medicine and says that she’s looking forward to being able to help people when she’s finished. You know, Mama, I will confess to you that, when I first realised what Margot was planning, I couldn’t imagine it, but now it seems just the right thing for her. She had to fight so hard against her ‘devil’ for so long that for her to have found her help in God seems to be the best thing for her. From a few things she’s said, I think she could still be a little unsure about whether she really has a calling, but I’m sure she’ll eventually take orders.
“I’ve had a number of letters from Reg. Mama, he’s been so wonderful about me wanting to get my degree before we get married. I know I always said I didn’t want to come back to the Chalet School to teach until all the girls who had known me there had left, but I almost think it would be fairer for him if I was to agree to marry as soon as I’ve got my degree, and then keep teaching once I’m Mrs. Entwhistle. That sounds so old and strange, doesn’t it? Did you feel the same way when you and Papa got married?
“He says he’s got an eye on a chalet not far from the San, which would be very handy for school and home. Not that it will be home then, of course. Oh dear, it seems to me that things get more and more confusing as one gets older. But at least you and Papa will always be there when I need advice.
“Speaking of advice, Auntie Madge came to visit us last weekend. She had been to see Margot in Edinburgh and said that she was doing the rounds to make sure we were all behaving ourselves. Do you know, Mama, I think she’s just like you sometimes, in the way she behaves, and yet at other times she can be the complete Lady Russell, wife of the head of the Sanatorium. We had a wonderful time with her, and she even joined in a gossip session when some of our friends came to visit one afternoon.
“She sends you her love and asks when you’re coming back to visit her. I suggested that maybe she could come to you instead, and she laughed and said she’d think about it. Don’t be surprised if she just appears on your doorstep one day. I wouldn’t put it past her. And of course, if you do want to visit here, you can always come and stay with us, too. We have a spare room that we’d love you to use if you want to.
“By the way, I’ve received permission to take time off in March to help keep house for you and look after you and the new baby. Now don’t bother to argue about it, Mama. I’ve already made up my mind and applied for the time away. It will only be for several months at most, and I would have come home in time for Easter anyway, so it will only be a few weeks extra. I’ve already discussed it with Papa, and everything is arranged, so you can have it out with him, if you must. We both know you won’t get far, though.

 


#232:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 10:25 pm


Thanks, KB! Looking forward to more!

 


#233:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 11:30 pm


Thanks KB. I hope course work isn't keeping you too busy - we're missing your presence here! You only seem to be here to post this and you're gone again!

 


#234:  Author: Caroline OSullivanLocation: Reading, Berkshire, UK PostPosted: Fri Mar 26, 2004 11:36 pm


Thanks KB. Glad to see Annis's health is improving. Must be all Anna's cream cakes and lemon biscuits Very Happy

 


#235:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 3:41 am


Am very behind in C&D at the moment but have caught up this far. KB I am really enjoying this. Am so glad Annis is getting better. Glad to see everyone is behaving better than in other drabbles. And you may just have given me the inspiration I needed to carry on my drabble.

 


#236:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 6:12 am


More good episodes Smile .

Tom's hesitation about calling Miss A. by first name was very realistic. I still have that problem with one woman who told me almost 20 yrs ago to can the Mrs.! (Don't see her too often, or it might be easier by now.)

Liked the way Len brushed aside Jo's to-be-predicted objections, as well as the description of Madge.

Looking forward to more about Annis, and Tom & her protégés.

 


#237:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 8:17 am


Hi, KB!

Being busy, I got 2 sections at once then - almost worth being busy Smile

Hows the dissertation going? Do you have the same timetable as we do here where dissertations have to be done by around May?

I had a really irreverent moment when I read Kathy's post and imagined Hilda saying "Can the Miss and call me Hilda".

 


#238:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 10:01 am


Did you say busy, Patmac? Wink

 


#239:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 10:04 am


*oh dear!* If I am that sort of busy, it will be reported in the more sensational newpapers and the medical journals!

 


#240:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 10:48 am


PatMac - Hilda saying 'can' Shocked Shocked Shocked - NEVER!!!!


KB - I know I'm repeating myself but this is wonderful, really enjoying it! Love the description of Madge!

 


#241:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 11:24 am


PatMac wrote:
*oh dear!* If I am that sort of busy, it will be reported in the more sensational newpapers and the medical journals!



*chuckles*

You're part of the CS world, Pat, anything's possible!!!

 


#242:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 11:27 am


PatMac wrote:
Hows the dissertation going? Do you have the same timetable as we do here where dissertations have to be done by around May?


My dissertation will be due in mid-August next year. It was the end of June, but ill-health in my family over the Christmas period meant that I got compassionate leave for six weeks. I have two full years for it. Most people begin it at the start of the academic year, in late Feb or early March.

Here's the rest of Len's letter. If anyone is confused about Dr. Hunter, he was pursuing Joey in "Gillian" and that was the reason Jo and the Robin went to India.


“Oh, I almost forgot. Auntie Madge asked me to tell you some news about someone called Doctor Leo Hunter. She said you would know who he was, and she also told us some things about him, particularly the fact that he was the main reason you and Auntie Rob went to India, after you finished school. I don’t think Auntie Madge liked him very much somehow. She didn’t tell us so much about her side of the story, though, just that he had been pursuing you – a horrible notion! It might have been terrible for you! – and that you weren’t interested in the slightest. Not that I really wonder at that.
“Auntie Madge knew that both Con and I have Wednesdays free and asked if we’d come to the San for that day to have lunch with her, Jem and this Dr. Hunter. So we arranged to go on the Tuesday night and spent the night at the Round House. Then we would have the lunch, stay for the Wednesday night and come back to Oxford on Thursday morning. She’d told us such tales about Dr. Hunter that both Con and I were almost dying with curiosity by the time Tuesday came, and Auntie Madge told us a few more things as we were getting ready to go that only added to it.
“Uncle Jem told us before Dr. Hunter arrived that he thought he wanted some advice about how to run the San he’s started up not far away from Uncle Jem’s own San. I thought it was a little queer to be asking advice from your competition, as did Con, but he – Uncle Jem, I mean – told us that Dr. Hunter probably hadn’t given that a thought at all. He seems like a very thoughtless person, Mama. I can’t imagine you two being happy together at all! Papa is so different from that, and so are you!
“Anyway, he turned up twenty minutes late, with a young man about Reg’s age called Alex, who he said was his son. Uncle Jem was awfully fed up that they were so late, because he’d put off meetings and seeing patients to make time for this, but Dr. Hunter didn’t even bother to apologise when he finally arrived. Oh, Mama, it was so funny! Auntie Madge introduced us to him, but he didn’t seem to know that you had married Papa, only saying how much he thought we looked like our father. Then Con said that everyone always said she had her mother’s dark hair and eyes. I know Auntie Madge thought she was just saying the first thing that came into her mind, just as she used to do, but I’m sure she meant every word. She really does think before she speaks now, or at least she tries to.
“Dr. Hunter didn’t seem to understand even that obvious a hint, but both Con and I were determined that he should know who our mother is. We tried a few other things, but he never seemed to get them, so finally I turned to Auntie Madge and said that you were wondering when she was planning to pay her and the Chalet School a visit again. She immediately agreed that she owed you a visit soon, and then turned to Dr. Hunter to say:
“ “You remember my sister, no doubt, Doctor. Miss Bettany. She married Dr. Maynard a year after her return from India. Len and Con are her eldest girls.”
“You should have seen his face, Mama! It went the most wonderful shade of violet! Con and I were struggling so hard not to laugh, and even Uncle Jem had to indulge in a coughing fit so as not to laugh out loud. He – Dr. Hunter, I mean – was silent for about three minutes – the most for the whole afternoon – and then said something about hoping that you were happy now.
“Thankfully, lunch arrived at that point, and it at least gave us something to do, because there was a distinct awkwardness. And then – oh, Mama, you’ll never guess – Dr. Hunter’s son started to make very obvious and meaningful signs at me! It was so horrible! He was just like his father – loud voice, no idea of manners, and a real lumbering form! Just the sort of person that I really don’t like! And there he was agreeing with everything I said, and even complimenting me on my appearance. I could see that Auntie Madge and Uncle Jem were furious, of course, but I didn’t want to be rude. But I was never more thankful that Reg forced the point last term, because I was able to make pointed remarks about my fiancé and how Reg and I were planning to marry just as soon as I had finished my degree.
“They both looked absolutely shocked, Mama. I suppose they were surprised that someone as young as I am would already be engaged – I’m the only one in my class, and most of my friends think it’s very peculiar. Some of them are obviously sorry for what they think I shall miss out on, being married so early, and a few even told me so!
“But you’ll never believe it, Mama. The next thing was that he was trying the same thing on Con! When she and I talked about it later, we thought maybe he had decided that Uncle Jem and Auntie Madge had no children of their own, because there weren’t any there, and that one or other of us would eventually inherit the San from Uncle Jem, and he was trying to get a foothold in there somehow. And his father was encouraging him all the way.
“Con was really on the ball, though. She promptly made a few comments about a fiancé herself, and, as I was wondering just who she had in mind for this fictitious position, I asked a couple of questions myself, even as Alex Hunter looked rather crestfallen at this disappointment of his idea.
“ “So how is he doing?” I asked Con, just after she’d announced that she had been planning her wedding with him the previous week, when I knew jolly well she’d spent the time on a poem.
“ “Oh, Roger’s very well,” she smiled, and winked the eye that the Hunters couldn’t see. “He said to apologise for not seeing you on Monday, Len, but he had to get back to his studies.” Then she turned to Dr. Hunter and smiled. “My fiancé is doing his Bachelor of Engineering at present,” she said in her most innocent tones. “He hopes to work at a big hydro-electric plant they’re starting up at the Tiernsee in Tirol. That’s in Austria,” she added kindly and I saw Dr. Hunter flush bright red.
“ “The one Irma von Rothenfel’s husband manages?” I asked her, barely able to contain my laughter. Can you imagine it, Mama? Con and Roger, because of course she means Roger Richardson. Ruey would have a fit at the mere idea!
“ “That’s right,” Con said, smiling as she put down her teacup and turned to Auntie Madge. “Roger told me that Irma had asked to be remembered to you, Auntie Madge.”
“By this time, Auntie Madge had caught up to the conversation, and asked that, the next time Con was talking to her fiancé, she should ask him to pass her greetings on to Irma. Oh, Mama, it was so funny to hear her talk as if she’d always known about the supposed engagement. I nearly burst out laughing, and Con and I had a good laugh about it on the way home, I can tell you!
“Alex Hunter was clearly upset, because he barely spoke after that, and he kept shooting glares in our direction. Meanwhile, Dr. Hunter was obviously probing for ideas from Uncle Jem, and saying what a wonderful San this was and how he would like to create even a pale shadow of it himself. Not that Uncle Jem said a lot. He answered direct questions, of course, but without giving too much information away. Of course, if Dr. Hunter really thought about it, he should see that the best way to make a good San is to provide good treatment and keep the patients happy, but he seems to think there’s some secret formula that only Uncle Jem knows.
“He didn’t stay long when he found that he wasn’t getting anywhere. He said he had things to do and he supposed Doctor Russell did, too. Nobody was going to correct him, of course, but then there was a knock on the door and, when Uncle Jem called for them to come in, it was the Head of Administration. He apologised for interrupting, greeted Lady Russell and said he just needed Sir James to sign a form that he had to send off for something or other. I don’t know whether he knew something about Dr. Hunter or not, but he really emphasised the titles.
“Mama, you would nearly have died laughing. I know we all take Uncle Jem’s knighthood so much for granted these days that it barely even rates a mention, but Dr. Hunter obviously had no idea that it had happened and he looked absolutely devastated! He left soon after that, and we were all very glad, let me tell you. We had a good laugh together about the whole afternoon, and particularly Con’s ‘engagement’. Even Uncle Jem, who, I think, is still very angry that it happened at all, had to laugh eventually. As for Con and me, we were so busy laughing about it all the way home that we nearly missed the train station!
“Auntie Madge said she would write with the details about the new San, or as many as she could get, if you were interested. Write to her if you want to know anything about it. I believe she’s found out quite a lot by now, as it’s been open for almost two months. But I think this is all my news for the present. Do let me know how everything is going with you, the San and, of course, the school.
“Lots of love,
“Len.”

 


#243:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 11:39 am


That was really funny, thanks, KB! Especially considering what we know about Con and Roger!

 


#244:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 1:25 pm


That's really funny. I love the way Con dealt with the oaf of a boy and that Madge and Jem played along. I shouldn't think that san will last long!

Thanks for the update on your studies KB. I didn't realise you had another year to go and had of course completely forgotten that your academic year is different from UK.

 


#245:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 1:36 pm


This is great, KB, I'm loving it.

 


#246:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 4:28 pm


Brilliant letter! Love the update on Hunter and his comeuppance!

 


#247:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 9:33 pm


Love the letter! - Con's very quick isn't she? Seems less innocent than Len too.

 


#248:  Author: *Aletea*Location: Manchester PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 9:51 pm


There's more to Con than meets the eye!

KB, I'm absolutely loving this, thank you!

 


#249:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 9:56 pm


I'm afraid that I took a chapter out of this to include in "Peace", so it's now only 20 chapters long. Sorry! Twisted Evil

Chapter XIII – A Dreadful Accident

Peggy Burnett turned with a welcoming smile as Lower Va entered the new sports pavilion in their gym tunics. Audrey Everett, the only prefect to have this period free, was busy setting out the equipment, but also stopped while the girls sat on the floor.
“Good afternoon, girls,” Peggy greeted them. “Today, we’re going to do apparatus work. You’ll have two minutes on each piece of equipment before moving on to another one.”
The girls beamed. This type of program allowed for more variety than sticking to one game, and was popular with all forms in the school. After a session of warming up, they took their places and waited for the word. Peggy set her stopwatch and called “Go!”.
Everyone worked in pairs, with one spotting the other while she performed on the apparatus. The Games mistress came around and offered advice on technique as they went through a range of movements. By the end of several years at the school, Chalet girls had become used to a variety of activities and were as agile as most people their age.
“Change!” Peggy called, and the pairs scrambled to the next thing.
One half of each pair would complete the circuit, they would warm up again, and then the other girl would take her turn. Everything went smoothly, and by the end of the first hour, they were all out of hot and perspiring. Peggy set them to running laps of the room while she loosened the ropes that were tied up at various points around the room and which hung down to the floor. When they had completed the five laps, with long-legged Anette Orange coming out in front, she called them around her and told them to get their breath while she demonstrated their next task.
“I’m going to teach you the right way to climb ropes,” she announced. “For our next Sports Day, next term, we want to have a display of gymnastics by our Seniors, so you need to learn the correct techniques to avoid injury.”
The girls beamed at this. Peggy nodded at them, and then took a firm hold of the rope with both hands, wrapping her legs around it to lift herself off the ground.
“The most important thing,” she told them, “is to ensure that your weight is evenly distributed and that your movements are smooth. Jerky motion leaves you in danger of falling.”
She hauled herself up the rope as the girls watched. About halfway up, she looked down at the group gathered below her.
“One thing,” she warned them. “Never let yourself slide down. If you do, you might burn the palms of your hands. Make sure your descent is as controlled as your ascent.”
Continuing her climb, she rapidly reached the top, which was more than twelve feet above the watching girls, and was about to begin her descent when – it happened!
There was a sharp cracking sound, as the bolt that held the rope to the ceiling snapped, and Miss Burnett, still clinging to the rope, fell the fifteen feet to the floor. Upon her body making contact with the floor, there was a dull snap and then the mistress fainted.
For an instant, nobody moved. But then Audrey ran to where Miss Burnett lay, looking up at the girls around her even as she felt for a pulse, as she had been taught in the first-aid classes that were part of the Senior school’s domestic science subject.
“Marta Semerling,” she ordered, “go and find Matey and tell her what happened. Caroline Smith, you go and tell the Head. Else Behrens, see if Miss Gay can give you a spare blanket. We have to keep Miss Burnett warm to avoid shock. Olivia Marks you wait here. I might need another messenger. Everyone else, go back to the school and change. Michelle Cabran, as Form Prefect, I expect you to keep order until we can send someone else to sit with you. We have Kaffee und Kuchen soon, so wash up when the bells goes for that.”
Audrey’s calm orders prevented panic among the younger girls, though more than one was pale and trembling as she headed for the main building. A moment later, Else returned with Miss Gay and several blankets, which they placed over the unconscious woman. Tom sent Else back to her form with directions about the chapter to read and that they could start on their prep, and then the tall mistress stayed with Audrey to monitor Miss Burnett. She had just enquired as to the actions Audrey had taken when Matron appeared, with Miss Annersley and the girls who had gone to fetch them both close behind.
“What is it, Matron?” Miss Annersley asked anxiously, as the wiry woman felt over the injured mistress’s leg, which was bent at a sickening angle.
“Broken,” the uniformed woman said crisply. “We’ll need an ambulance from the San. She’s going to need it properly set. Audrey,” her eyes fell on the Head Girl, who had moved out of the way, “go and tell Miss Dene what happened and tell her to call an ambulance from the San. Ask if Dr. Jack can come with it.”
The Head Girl jumped to her feet and ran out of the building. By now, Miss Burnett was starting to show signs of regaining consciousness, and Matron produced a small vial of brandy and poured a few drops onto Peggy’s lips, which were still very white. When the mistress swallowed, she forced a small amount of the liquid into her mouth, and had the satisfaction of seeing some colour come back into her pale face, even as she ordered Marta, Caroline and Olivia back to the school.
Some time later, a vehicle could be heard pulling up outside, and Nina ran to the door and flung it open. Jack Maynard led three other men into the room and dropped to his knees beside the woman. Matron told him what she knew of the accident, helped by the girls who still stood around the group on the floor, as he administered an injection and then began to wrap a protective splint around the broken leg.
“We’ll take her to the San and get some x-rays done. We may need to operate. It looks like a bad break.”
He directed the men to lift the woman onto the stretcher they fetched from the ambulance and the group slid it into the back of the vehicle, into which he climbed before looking at Hilda.
“I’ll call you once we know for sure.”
Then he slammed the door and the ambulance turned on its siren as it drove quickly down the path and onto the main driveway.
“And now,” Matron said crisply as she turned to Else, who had come out of Tom’s classroom at that woman’s direction, “where’s the rest of your form?”
“Audrey sent them back to the school,” Else told her. “She was the one who sent us for you and Miss Annersley, as well as Miss Gay and the stretcher.”
“Well, you can join them,” Miss Annersley said. “I’ll arrange for you girls to have yours in your common room rather than in the Speisesaal with everyone else. You’ll probably need it to get over this. It was a nasty shock, I have no doubt.”
This had the added advantage of preventing horror stories from being spread around the school by those girls who were prone to exaggeration. No girl ever tried to argue with either the Head or Matron, so Else turned to the school, even as Audrey came back down the driveway.
“I had to check that the girls were all right,” she explained, in reply to her query as to why she had been so long. “A few of them looked a bit sick when I sent them off.”
“You can go and tell the girls that I will excuse their prep for today,” the Head told her. “I’m sure none of them will be able to work effectively after this. They may have the time free, and those who feel like it may go to bed as soon after Prayers as they feel wish.”
“Thank you, Miss Annersley,” Audrey murmured, and then went into the school.

 


#250:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 10:22 pm


Poor Peggy! That does sound nasty. Didn't the girls do well, though!

 


#251:  Author: *Aletea*Location: Manchester PostPosted: Sat Mar 27, 2004 10:32 pm


It wouldn't be the CS if the girls didn't keep their heads (when all about were losing theirs!)

 


#252:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 12:48 am


*Hope they sue the builders!*

Poor old Peggy Sad Still - at least it'll mean that Annis has a job for a while!

 


#253:  Author: *Aletea*Location: Manchester PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 12:49 am


Oooh, looking ahead! Hadn't thought of that but methinks you may be right...

 


#254:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 6:57 am


*thinks Lesley has it right about Annis*

*confirms resolution to stay as far from gym as possible*
Very dangerous, those places. HelpMe

*loves how everyone chipped in to squash Dr. Hunter Twisted Evil *

 


#255:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 10:24 am


I feel quite sorry for Audrey, actually. She had as much of a shock as anyone, yet had most of the responsiblity after the accident had happened.

 


#256:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 10:54 am


The three staff members exchanged glances.
“What do you think, Matey?” Hilda asked in concern. “How bad is Peggy?”
“I wouldn’t want to say,” the small woman admitted anxious. “Not without x-rays. I suspect that it will probably be enough to keep her out of school for the rest of the term.”
“Then we must have a staff meeting as soon as possible – tonight, probably,” the Head said. “We can’t have the girls going without their Games.”
“I have to get back to my class,” Tom said suddenly, adding, “But I’ll help wherever I can.”
She headed back into the building before Matron could contradict her statement, but that person shook her head as she and the Head turned to the school.
“Tom can’t overwork herself. Jack told me that she’s already doing as much as she can – and more than he would really like her to do. We’ll have to come up with some other solution.”
Inside the building, the two parted: Matron going to deal with any cases of shock among people in Lower Va, and the Head going to discuss the problem with her secretary.
That evening after prayers, when all but the Seniors were in bed, the staff gathered in their sitting room to address the problem.
“How is Peggy?” Kathie Ferrars, a close friend of the lively Games mistress, asked anxiously, as soon as the secretary appeared.
“She’s come through the operation quite well,” Rosalie said as she sat down and accepted a cup of hot coffee from Mademoiselle de Lachenais. “But Jack said it will be four to six weeks before they take off the plaster, and at least two months before she can walk properly again. So that means she won’t be able to take any Games classes, probably for the rest of the term. He thinks she will be able to return to work next term, but we’ll only know that closer to the time.”
“But what are we going to do about the girls’ Games?” Rosalind asked.
The staff looked thoughtful. No one felt that she could take on much more than she had already, apart from Tom, and a stern discussion with Matey had forced her, albeit grudgingly, to withdraw her offer of help. This meant the shortage of both the Games Mistress and the Form Mistress of Lower IVa.
“Unless we can find someone, I suppose the only thing we can do is to give the girls a second walk each day,” Kathie suggested.
“What about Joey?” Nancy Wilmot suggested.
Rosalie sighed. “She was hoping to keep this a secret for a little longer, but Jo is under orders to stay quiet for some time. She couldn’t possibly take on Games.”
Nell Wilson stared at the secretary. “Oh, surely not! She already has eleven of her own, plus all of the other adoptees. How can she possibly fit in any more?”
“It’s not a question of ‘how,’ as far as she and Jack are concerned. They’ll manage it somehow. I might as well tell you all that Jo’s hoping for another boy to even out the numbers – or that’s the way she put it to me. Thankfully, she seems to have given up on the idea of those quads she’s been threatening us with.”
“Indeed,” Matron said crisply. She was already privy to this information, having been there for the conversation in which Joey had let it slip. “But this isn’t helping with the girls’ games. Walks won’t be enough, particularly for the younger girls. I suppose the prefects can oversee some of the form teams’ practices, but that really doesn’t help the others, unless we have dancing almost every night, and they would soon get sick of that!”
“Well, what about some other mistresses?” Matron Henschell, another Old Girl, put in. “Hilary Burn – Graves, I mean – could come, couldn’t she? Baby Bridget is seven months old.”
“Unfortunately, no, she can’t,” Rosalie said. “Hilary’s mother is very ill – probably dying. They left for England yesterday to be with her. Grizel Sheppard’s no use either. She went on a walking trip with her husband’s family, who came over last week, and strained her back again. Jack said she’ll need to take things very easy for a few weeks, and Neil Sheppard would never let her do something as strenuous as take Games for the school, even if she was up to it.”
“What about Elsie Carr?” Dr. Benson suggested. “She’s still teaching, isn’t she?”
“Not any more,” Nell broke in. “I thought I told you, Stacie. She got married a year ago and has just had her first baby. So she’s out, too.”
Before any further suggestions could be made, the door opened again and Hilda entered the room.
“Problem solved,” she announced cheerfully. “Our new Games mistress will be here in twenty minutes, and has also agreed to take on Lower IVa.”
“Who?” Nell demanded, while the others stared. “Have you got agency staff? Remember how many problems we’ve had with that over the years.”
“This is an old girl,” Hilda smiled, her eyes twinkling merrily. “And one who was a very good prefect during her time here. I have every confidence in her abilities.”
“But who is it?” Stacie demanded.
“Annis Lovell,” the Head replied. “Surely those of you who were here then remember that she trained as a PE mistress. Tom,” turning to that woman, “she said you talked about it while you were packing!”
“I never thought about it again,” Tom admitted. “We started to discuss other things almost at once. But she’ll be jolly good!”
“I agree,” Hilda smiled. “In fact, if this is a success, I have hopes of persuading her to stay on permanently. We really need a second Games mistress, and this seems like a good opportunity to get one. But we won’t address that until we see how things work out.”
“But will Annis be up to keeping a firm hand on young tearaways like those in Lower IVa?” Julie Berne, who had come from St Mildred’s with Nell Wilson to discuss the problem, asked anxiously. “It’s not so long since she lost her father.”
“Jack thinks it will be the best thing for her,” Hilda replied. “I discussed it with him when he called to tell us about Peggy. He says Annis is still worried about her life now, and that this will be a good way to shake her out of it. And Annis herself is very keen. Of course, if she doesn’t do as well as we hope, we’ll work other things out, but this will at least solve the problem for now, and we can think about changing things if necessary later.”
As this was an idea with which the assembled staff heartily concurred, there was a general murmur of agreement before the women began to discuss other matters.

 


#257:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 11:29 am


Thanks, KB.

I do hope they can keep Tom from overdoing it. She really does go all out doesn't she. She was always one of my favourite girls and she's turned out just as I imagined.

That will be really good for Annis. So Joey is 'busy' again. I wonder if it is a boy or a girl.

 


#258:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 1:40 pm


Thanks KB - glad Annis will have something to do to stop her brooding!

 


#259:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 2:20 pm


An ideal solution to the problem.

 


#260:  Author: Guest PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 10:04 pm


Chapter XIV – Another Old Friend Arrives

It was two weeks after Peggy’s accident when Joey wheeled the three-tiered tray into the living room of Freudesheim, where chairs were gathered around the fireplace, in which a mass of coals glowed warmly. Despite being so close to the end of October, sunshine streamed in through the large French windows that looked out onto the garden. Moving the plates of cakes and biscuits onto the various small tables that were scattered around the room, she turned to see Anna carrying in a tray of cups, with Carla following, her tray loaded with saucers.
A large table had already been pulled up in front of the window, and it was on this that Anna began to set out the cups, one into each saucer, even as Jo and Carla moved a large, full urn onto the middle of the table and turned it on.
“I think that’s everything,” Joey said in relieved tones. “And there should be enough places for everyone to find a seat somewhere, even if we all have to sit on each others’ laps.”
“Oh, I think we can do better than that,” Carla told her drily. “How soon can we expect them to appear on the doorstep?”
“Any time from now,” Joey replied, checking her watch. “I told them to be here as close to two as they could, but they do have to drop Ted off at Millie’s. Hopefully it won’t be much longer or everything will get cold.”
Even as she spoke the final words, the doorbell of Freudesheim rang with its usual musical tone, and the women hurried to the doorway, Anna retreating to the kitchen while Jo fled to let in the first of their guests: the group from the school next door. Carla added wood to the fire as the women entered the room, followed shortly after by a party from St. Mildred’s, including the guest that was the reason behind the reunion Joey had so rapidly organised.
As soon as May Carthew appeared in the doorway of the Freudesheim salon, she was pounced on by Hilda Annersley, Jeanne de Lachennais, Rosalie Dene, Sarah Denny and Gwynneth Lloyd, all speaking at once as they ushered her over to the sofa. Shortly after, the residents of the Görnetz Platz and nearby shelves who had also been invited arrived, and Grizel Sheppard, Elisaveta Helston and Maria Maclaren took their turns to reacquaint themselves with the ex-mistress.
Finally, however, everyone calmed down, got themselves drinks and found seats somewhere in the large room. ‘Carty’ beamed at them from her seat between the two Head of the school.
“It’s wonderful to see you all again,” she exclaimed. “I’ve seen one or two you, of course, since I finally got back in touch, but it’s so nice to see you all here together.”
“No better than it is for us to see you,” Hilda smiled. “Now, do tell us, how are your children?”
May laughed. “All very well, from what I hear. Of course, I couldn’t see them while I was nursing Ted – for one thing, thankfully, none of them have ever had measles. I had, but I was as contagious as anything and didn’t want to give it to them – and I only had time to see my girls before I went to visit Simone de Bersac. However, I got letters from them last week to say that they are all doing nicely. Meg and Susan are now happily married mothers of children themselves, and Cyril, my elder son, was married about a month before I went to visit Simone. Peter is setting himself up with chambers in London.”
“And how’s Ted?” Matey asked.
“Oh, blooming,” May replied. “If you read the letter I sent Jo, you’ll know I thought she was going to need time in the Alps to recover, but she managed to pull up well enough without it, and the rest of the term here should clear things up for her nicely.”
“And what about Myra Grantley?” Hilda prompted somewhat grimly.
The woman beside her chuckled. “I haven’t heard from her since she left to visit that friend of hers, prior to her cruise, nor seen hide nor hair of her. She’s supposed to come back some time in March – I suppose I should tell you that, once her boys finished their education, she was able to afford a much better lifestyle for herself, which cheered her no end.”
“I’m sure it did,” Sarah Denny murmured darkly, and May shot her a glance.
“Well,” she said, firmly changing the subject, “I want to hear about some of the people I had the pleasure – or otherwise – of teaching, and what they’re up to now. I’ve visited Juliet Carrick – O’Hara, I should say – in Dublin myself on several occasions, and I had a chat with Margia Stevens after I went to one of her concerts, but I don’t know much about the others.”
The Görnetz Platz residents exchanged glances, trying to decide where to begin, but it was Joey, as usual, who got in first.
“Let’s see,” she mused. “Bette was Head Girl while you were still teaching at the school, wasn’t she? You heard about her husband, I suppose? He died in a mountaineering accident, along with Ted Humphries, several years before the Anschluss. She has two children – Cecilia Marya and Giovanni, who was named for his father.”
“I got a letter from Bette after the war, to tell me about all that,” May told her. “It must have been an awful time for her.”
“It was,” Nell said quietly. “But she’s managed to pull through all that.”
“Deira O’Hagan had married twice since she left school,” Grizel remarked after a short silence. “Her first husband died shortly after their first child was born, and their daughter, Moira, was a poor, crippled little thing who fortunately didn’t have a very long life. But Deira married again several years after Moira’s death, to Tony Merton, a mutual friend of ours. She had a baby girl several years ago, and seems very happy with life at present.”
“Did Margia tell you about Amy’s girls?” Elisaveta asked, and when May shook her head, the former princess smiled. “She has two daughters – Margia and Celia.”
“And you have two girls yourself, I hear,” May replied. “Are they at the school?”
“Oh, yes.” Veta laughed. “I couldn’t possibly have sent them anywhere else. José, named for Joey, Madge and the Robin, is in Upper Va and Guita is in Lower Vb. My boys, Freddie and Raoul, are at school with Joey’s boys.”
“Gertrud Steinbrücke and Berta Hamel are both married, too,” Julie Berné added. “Gertrud has a daughter – Gretel – and Berta has three children.”
“Did Sophie ever marry?” the visitor asked curiously.
“No,” Grizel replied. “Her mother died during the war, so Sophie keeps house for her father and brothers.”
“What about you, yourself, Grizel?” May asked, smiling at that woman. “Joey sent me a letter telling me about your marriage. Have you provided the school with any granddaughters?”
“Sadly, no,” Grizel laughed. “All I’ve managed is a son – Nigel is will be two years old in the spring.”
“The next one will have to be a girl,” Jo put in sternly.
“Next?” Grizel looked horrified. “Heavens, Joey, I’ve got no plans for more! Neil and I are quite happy with Nigel, thank you. I’m not,” she added, carrying the war into the enemy’s camp with a vengeance, “going to get as carried away as you did with your eleven.”
“Twelve in March,” Jo replied smugly, and was satisfied with the expressions of shock that appeared on the faces of all those who had not yet been told this piece of information.
“Josephine Mary Maynard!” The exclamation came from all four corners of the room, and she shot an amused glance at those who hadn’t known before changing the subject.
“May, you remember the girls from Grange House, don’t you? The school that sent their Sixth former to the Tiernsee?”
“Oh, of course!” May Carthew looked up with a smile. “I certainly remember Miss Bruce and how difficult it was to always keep track of what she was saying.”
“She certainly was a little staccato,” Grizel smiled. “But they had some jolly nice girls at that school. I remember seeing some drawings by one of their girls displayed in an art gallery Neil and I went to when we were in London, dealing with Steppy’s affairs. What was her name, again? Something hyphenated, I remember.”
“Priscilla Doughty-Smythe,” Joey told her, and glanced at a framed picture on the wall of her living room, which showed the original Chalet School building in Briesau, with the spectacular mountains in the background. “She did that for me, and I got a similar picture for my fifteenth birthday. I had to leave the original behind, though, when we left Guernsey in such a hurry, but I had met Patricia Davidson there a short time before Hitler invaded Poland and after we finally got settled with the school, I got in touch with her to find out if she could possibly get another for me. She got in touch with Priscilla, who did me another. It’s not quite the same as the first, I don’t think,” she mused, squinting at it in a way that drove all the attractiveness from her face, “but as I believe she did it from memory, it’s a pretty good attempt.”
“Did she ever get to study to be a doctor?” Veta asked curiously. “Patricia, I mean, not Priscilla.”
“And how,” Joey said enthusiastically. “She’s practicing at the Royal London Homeopathic hospital.”
“I believe another of the girls from that party is the same Veronica Cunningham who is now Games Mistress at Sacred Heart, who used to send us challenges when we were on St. Briavel’s and still plays against the English Branch,” Hilda Annersley remarked. “I think Dollie Edwards told me in one of her letters that we were successful against them at cricket last summer term, but that they beat us at tennis. I’m sure she mentioned Veronica Cunningham.”
“I seem to remember that she was mad on Games,” Sarah added.
“The thing I remember most about Veronica was the way the silly ass kept putting herself forward as an expert on all things cultural, even when she knew nothing about them,” Grizel said cuttingly.
“There was also Pamela Trent,” Nell Wilson put in quickly, “who was good with languages. Almost as good as you, Joey.”
“They certainly would have been stuck on a few occasions without her, Patricia told me,” Jo said. “But I don’t think I’ve heard about the others since they came to Briesau.”

 


#261:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 10:56 pm


Thank you 'KB who was masquerading as a Guest!'

Love the chapters that tell us about Old Girls/Staff!

 


#262:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sun Mar 28, 2004 11:35 pm


*sighs with satisfaction* I always enjoy hearing how characters in previous books are doing! Now we know who MC is! clever KB!

 


#263:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 29, 2004 9:36 am


PatMac wrote:
*sighs with satisfaction* I always enjoy hearing how characters in previous books are doing! Now we know who MC is! clever KB!


Hmm, so you think it's that MC, do you? *chuckles rather evilly*

Hilda stirred her tea thoughtfully. “May, have you heard about Ilonka Barcockz?”
Miss Carthew thought for a moment before shaking her head. “Nothing that I recall. Why, is there something I should have heard?”
“Not particularly. It’s just that I remember her attending Gillian Linton’s wedding and being the one to catch the bouquet. She hinted at something then, but she seems to have disappeared. I would like to know whether she ever married, and if she has a family.”
“Have you asked the other members of the Quintette?” Jo queried.
“Of course, but no one’s heard anything.”
“And what about Thyra and Inga Eriksen?” Nell Wilson prompted. “Of course, after they left school, they went back to Norway – and we all know what happened soon after,” she added grimly, thinking of the Nazi’s invasion in early 1940.
“I imagine that many of the girls I knew were affected by the war,” May offered quietly.
“Certainly the Merciers were ,” Veta remarked. “Suzanne Mercier married not long before Hitler ordered the invasion of Poland, and soon after the Germans overran France, she had a son, but her family was ordered out of their apartment. Suzanne caught a cold and died.”
“She was never that strong, I remember,” May mused. “And what about Yvette?”
“She married Pierre Le Marchant and now has three sons,” Gwynneth told her. “ She was also godmother for Suzanne’s son, and so took him into her home.”
“That doesn’t surprise me,” Joey remarked. “Yvette was a very generous girl.”
“What about the von Rothenfels?” May asked after a pause. “I suppose they were in Hungary when the Nazis marched in?”
“Thankfully, no,” Hilda told her. “Graf von Rothenfels paid for the whole family’s evacuation just a week before war began. They got safely to America and both girls got married to Americans, so they stayed. We got letters from them both on the school’s Coming of Age, but, as both had young children at the time, they couldn’t travel that far.”
“Luigia di Ferrara died in a concentration camp,” Joey said softly. “But Bianca is married and has seven children now. Her latest is only two years old – another boy. Four boys and three girls for her now.”
“She’s doing almost as well as you, Joey,” Veta teased.
“Oh, I’ll have quads next time and have well and truly beaten everyone,” Joey retorted.
Nell laughed. “You’ve been threatening that for so long that we don’t take it seriously anymore, Jo.”
“Just you wait,” that young woman said darkly. “I’ll surprise you all yet.”
“Do,” Nell retorted mildly. “But this isn’t telling May about those girls she taught.” She turned to the visitor. “I suppose Simone told you about Marie and Frieda?”
“Yes, she did,” May agreed. “And also about Evadne marrying, and her stepchildren. What about the Rincinis? Did they have problems because of the war?”
“Both are still in Austria,” Carla offered. “Anita has just given up teaching to marry, and Giovanna has been married for nearly ten years and lives in Vienna.”
“Vanna di Ricci has never married,” Hilda said. “She is still nursing, although I had a feeling from a letter I received recently that one of the doctors might cause her to rethink her future.”
“Who else is there?” Jo remarked. “Oh, Mary Burnett has been married for almost ten years and has three little ones.”
“And what about Robin?” May asked. “You told me she’s back at her convent in Canada. Is she happy?”
“Very happy,” Jo smiled. “It was definitely the right choice for her, even though I do still miss her being around.”
There was a brief pause as the group turned to the warm cakes and buns that Anna now brought out, the others having been eaten, while Joey and Carla jumped up to refresh cups of tea and coffee. Finally, however, they were all settled again and Matron spoke.
“Well, we’ve told May about the girls, but what about the staff?” She turned to her former colleague. “You knew about Mademoiselle, of course.”
“Yes, I read about it in the death notices,” May replied. “I wanted to attend the funeral, but I was too far away to travel.”
“Mollie Maynard, I beg her pardon, Mackenzie, is living in New Zealand,” Rosalie Dene said with a smile. “She has six children – four boys and two girls.”
“She’s thinking of coming back to visit again over the summer,” Joey remarked. “I’m hoping she will, and maybe Jock, too. He and Jack got on very well.”
“That would be fun, Jo,” Nell exclaimed. “I’ll write to her tomorrow and tell her she simply has to! She hasn’t come since our big reunion to celebrate Grizel finally coming back from New Zealand, and I’d love to see her again.”
“Do that,” Jo said sedately. “It might persuade her.”
“But this isn’t telling May about the other staff who taught at the same time she did,” Hilda remarked. “Of course, most of us are here now. But Marjorie Durrant came back to teach at the school after the death of her husband and baby daughter in an air raid. She taught until the end of the war and then left to set up home for herself. A cousin of hers was left without family, and she took her in.”
“Oh, good! I would have hated for her to have to be alone,” Veta exclaimed. “I did so like Miss Durrant.”
“And, of course, there was Matron Webb,” Joey commented after another moment of silence, her black eyes twinkling wickedly. “No doubt, Carty, you treasure your memories of her!”
The women laughed at the memory of the woman who had so disturbed the school in its early years.
“I did hear, Joey,” Hilda remarked in mock-stern tones, “that you and your little friends – even our noble ex-princess here – had a hand in trying to frighten her away.”
“The Society for the Suppression of Matron,” Jo chuckled. “And we had to start it up all over again when we had that other awful Matron, during my last term at school as a pupil. Or at least, that wasn’t us. That was the Quintette – Margia, Corney and the rest.”
Veta dissolved into giggles. “Oh, Joey, do you remember climbing down that ladder to affix the snails to her window?”
“They did make the most frightful noise,” Joey admitted, laughing. “And when we all began to imitate her by shouting. Madge must us write those awful lines from King Lear…”
“‘Her voice was ever sweet, gentle and low,’” a sweet, gentle, low and unexpected voice quoted from the doorway. “‘An excellent thing in women.’ Thirty times, in your best handwriting, please, girls.”
“Madge!” Joey exclaimed, leaping to her feet and rushing over to envelop her sister in a massive bear-hug. “What on earth are you doing here?”
The other women gathered around the former Head Mistress of the school, who was smiling at them in an infuriatingly complacent manner.
“Len told me about May coming to visit when she brought Ted to Millie’s,” she said. “So I thought it would be the ideal time for me to pay a visit, too. I flew over with one of the new doctors who is to join San, and who was escorting a patient.”
“Dr. Lewis.” Jo nodded. “Jack told me he was coming.”
Madge was escorted into the room, settled into an armchair and presented with a cup of tea. When she was comfortable, she beamed at them all.
“Oh, this is wonderful. I could almost believe that I’m back as we were during that final term when I was Head.”
“In spite of your long family,” Joey laughed. “And mine.”
“It’s wonderful for us to have you here, too, Madge,” Hilda smiled. “And the school will be thrilled.”
“I’m glad to hear it,” Madge laughed, and then, as the mistresses began to stand up again, “Oh, are you leaving?”
“I think we’ll have to get back,” Nell said. “Apart from anything else, for Prayers.”
“But you are very welcome to come to the school tomorrow evening to see everyone else,” Hilda suggested, to which Madge agreed.
The mistresses departed, and the others remained around the fire, which Carla built up again, to have a gossip with the school’s founder about the latest news.

 


#264:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Mon Mar 29, 2004 12:39 pm


This is great, KB. I'm hoping for lots more.

 


#265:  Author: aliLocation: medway, kent PostPosted: Mon Mar 29, 2004 8:32 pm


Surely Annis is slated for the new doctor if this is to continue in its superb true to the cs style, obviously after an accident of some kind. And of course if none of you get to him first.

 


#266:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Mon Mar 29, 2004 9:08 pm


I think you had us all guessing there! It's always fun to hear about the early girls and mistresses.

 


#267:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Mon Mar 29, 2004 11:32 pm


Hmm, I think there wouldn't be enough of an age difference between this new doctor and Annis - don't forget that she left school eight years before this, making her 26. For it to be really EBD, the doctor's prospective bride would probably still have to be at school. In one of the senior forms, for instance. Wink

Chapter XV – The Middles Do It Again!

If the Middles haven’t appeared much in this story yet, it isn’t because they haven’t deserved a mention. The prefects and staff had been kept very much on their toes by the antics of those young ladies, particularly in the Senior Middle forms, but having become accustomed to such antics, most had rapidly been quelled. The fines box, however, was as heavy as ever, and most of the prefects had, at one time or another during the term, vowed that the whole lot were born to be hanged, in much the same way as their predecessors frequently had.
School life, as always, was quite busy enough, and the Nativity Play, which had been read out to the enraptured girls the previous week, further limited the time in which wicked Middles could plan things to drive the mistresses and Prefects to distraction, let alone add to the school’s long list of legends.
Being always ripe for mischief, however, they used what little time they had to great advantage. The latest plan evolved in the mind of a girl who was proving to be something of a leader among her own set, one Jennifer Lester, who had already masterminded several other plots, three of which had ended in her missing her Saturday night entertainment, condemned to spend the time turning sheets sides to middle in Matey’s room, and two others in her having to stay and finish her prep when the rest of her form was enjoying themselves dancing in Hall. So far, though, nothing seemed to quell her enjoyment of jokes and tricks.
The girls of Lower IVa were walking back from a class with Miss Lovell in the heated pool when the idea came to Jennifer, whose grin of pure delight attracted the attention of several of her most faithful followers as they hurried back to the school for their maths class.
“What is it, Jenny?” Rebecca Davis asked in a low voice. She and her friends had discovered, much to their disgust, that their form prefect, Marie Lamm, possessed an outsize in consciences, so any plots had to be discussed out of that young woman’s earshot.
“Tell you later,” Jennifer hissed back.
They reached the form room to find that Miss Wilmot had not yet arrived, so although Jennifer used the time to get her books, Rebecca took the chance to tell the other members of the group to which she and Jennifer belonged that something was brewing. She was so busy with her self-appointed task that, when Miss Wilmot did finally arrive, she had nothing out, and was forced to take an order mark and get her books while the rest of the form handed in their prep.
Jennifer, meanwhile, was so intent on her plan that she forgot to pay attention and found herself also condemned to take an order mark. Indignation swelled within her, and she nearly answered back, when she caught the mistress’s eye with a look that made her turn red and recall sundry other occasions when she had received the sharp end of Miss Wilmot’s tongue. Sensibly, she gave up her plotting and turned her mind to her work.
That was the last lesson of the morning, and the girls had little chance for private conversation in the splashery, during Mittagessen or during rest period, so they had to wait until their free time in the afternoon. But when it arrived, the group found a quiet corner of the garden, to which they had all been sent, as the weather was fine, and Jennifer told them her idea.
“A midnight,” she announced gleefully, “with a difference.”
“How?” the newest member of their group, Alison James, asked. “What do you mean?”
“What do we do about food?” Linda Mitchell put in.
“And where are we going to have it?” Susan Brownley added. “We’re all in different dormies, you know, except for Carol and Nancy.”
“Let me explain and then you’ll know,” Jennifer exclaimed.
It was fortunate for her that she spoke in fairly low tones, as Audrey and Enid were walking past at that moment, and Jennifer would not have appreciated being told the correct German for her sentence and being made to repeat it several times. As it was, the Head Girl glanced at the group and cast a worried look at her friend.
“What are those children talking about, do you think?”
Enid disclaimed either knowledge or interest in the subject and began discussing the possibility of a ramble now that it seemed the weather was so fine. So the wicked eight were left to hear what their leader had to suggest.
“It won’t be a real midnight,” she told them, in careful tones, so as not to be overheard. “For one thing, I don’t think we’ve enough tuck. But I visited Mummy in the San yesterday and she gave me two big blocks of chocolate. Matey was busy with someone and never noticed it, but she will if we don’t eat it soon, so I propose we have it tonight.”
“But where?” Carol Nichols asked. “If we have it in any of the dormies, we’ll have to share it with the other people there.”
“I wasn’t thinking of anywhere in the school,” Jennifer said in superior tones.
“In the garden, then?” Nancy Traviss, a Welsh girl who had come from the other branch of the Chalet School that term, exclaimed. “But that’s already been tried. And they had the most horrible punishment out of it, too – moved to other dormies, no form picnics, and they couldn’t take part in the Regatta.”
“How do you know?” Kitty Lucy, the last of their octette, and the youngest of a long family to attend the school, asked curiously. For once, no members of her extended family had been involved in that affair.
“It’s in that Legends book, in the library,” Nancy told her. “They had a horrible time with pigs, too.”
“Well, there aren’t pigs here,” Jennifer interrupted. “And I wasn’t thinking of the garden itself. My idea was that we should have it beside the pool, and then go for a midnight swim.”
Well! The response to this was so loud and enthusiastic that it was a wonder nobody in authority heard them. Finally, Jennifer clapped her hands to get their attention.
“Be quiet, you idiots,” she ordered. “Do you want every prefect coming down on us? Now, are we all agreed? If so, we’ll have to wake up somehow after everyone’s gone to bed.”
“But how do we get outside?” Susan demanded suddenly.
“I know!” Linda beamed. “I heard Matey telling Nina Konstam that a window in the Speisesaal wouldn’t lock properly, and not to worry when she did the rounds tonight, as she – Matey, I mean – would get Gaudenz to look at it tomorrow.”
“Well, that’s settled, then,” Carol grinned. “I’ve got my alarm clock, so I can wake up Nancy. What about you others?”
Most of them had alarm clocks or watches that they had brought back with them for their cubicles, and in the end only Kitty had to be woken. Fortunately, as Nancy said, she slept in the door cubey of Marigold, and so would be easy to rouse.
“We’ll meet at midnight in the Speisesaal,” Jennifer said. “Don’t forget to wear your swimmers and bring a towel, or you’ll have to go back wet.”
“Maybe we should just put our pyjamas over our swimmers,” Carol, who was a level-headed girl, suggested. “And then bring our towels we use in the mornings. Then, if Matey finds them damp, she’ll just think it’s ‘cos of our washing.”
This idea was greeted with approval and then the naughty group headed back to the school for prep. Most were too excited to pay more than scant attention to their work, however, and were forced to redo something from every subject over the following days, in addition to the swingeing punishment that was to follow their escapade.
That evening, however, they sat impatiently through Abendessen and the evening entertainment, only longing for midnight to arrive. The speed with which they got ready for bed was surprising to most of their dormitory prefects, but, fortunately for the wicked octette, Matey was kept busy with a series of colds that had spread through the Junior forms, and had little time to spare on anything else.

 


#268:  Author: DawnLocation: Leeds, West Yorks PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 1:10 am


Another late night trying to catch up, but well worth it - thanks so much and a big hug for for you KB reading Heart reading

 


#269:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 9:52 am


Blimey!! Shocked Shocked Shocked

We'd have been expelled for that - the pool was a complete and utter "no-go" area for safety reasons ....

 


#270:  Author: AlexLocation: Home again PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 10:32 am


Doesn't something like that happen in Mallory Towers?

 


#271:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 11:45 am


Ah, yes, but if they expelled more girls, it would ruin their record! *g* And there might be similar things in Malory Towers, but it's been so long since I read that series that I really can't remember!

Midnight brought the eight girls to the large dining room, with its long tables covered with checked cloths. The moon was full, but clouds prevented much of the light from showing through, so it was fortunate that several girls had remembered to bring the small pocket torches they all possessed. Jennifer silently slid open the window and the girls clambered over the sill and onto the ground. They hurried across the grass to the pool, around which the first of the walls had been put up, with the frame for the second half-finished.
In spite of their excitement, the girls managed to keep their voices lower than normal as they sat on the grass and Jennifer took out the large blocks of chocolate. As Mrs. Lester had planned for them to last Jennifer the rest of the term, they were large, and even after the girls had eaten as much as they wanted, there was still some left over. Jennifer stuffed it back into the pocket of her dress and then grinned around at her friends.
“Well, shall we go for a dip before we go back to bed?”
They needed no further urging. After laying their torches in a line along one side of the pool so that they shone onto the surface, and with more than one shiver, for it was a cool night with a chilly breeze blowing, they stripped off their dresses to reveal swimmers underneath, went to the deep end of the pool and, at Jennifer’s direction, all dived in together.
What they had failed to realise was that, as heating the water was so expensive, it was only done for classes during the day. After the last class was finished, the heating was turned off and the water allowed to cool down. By this time of night, with only days, or at most weeks, to go before the first snows of the season fell, it was about the same temperature as the water in which they bathed in the mornings, which was definitely not something to be jumped into unawares.
All eight girls surfaced with shrieks for the temperature, and struck out for the steps. The sound woke Tom, whose rooms were only a short distance from the pool, and she jumped out of bed, grabbing her flashlight and pulling on her dressing gown as she made a dash for the door, under the impression that someone was being killed.
So it was that, as the dripping, shivering girls pulled themselves out of the water, they found the woodworking mistress standing only a few feet away, her arms folded over her chest and her expression grim.
“Gather your things and come here at once,” she ordered sternly, and her voice allowed for no argument.
The eight formed a pathetic, bedraggled line, none daring to meeting the tall woman’s gaze as they wrapped their towels, and in many cases also their dresses around themselves. That fact caused further retribution the next day, as the dresses had been clean only the previous day, and usually only two clean dresses were permitted each week.
Seeing that most were shivering from their icy baths, and several had a blue look, even in the dim torchlight, Tom hurried them back to the school building, outside of which they were met by Matey and two other house Matrons, all of whom looked so stern that the girls felt their hearts sink.
“I should think,” Tom suggested, “that they probably need everything you can use to stave off any colds, Matron.” Miss Gay’s voice was sharp, but her eyes twinkled, knowing what was in store for the luckless eight.
“Indeed,” Matron Lloyd said coldly. “Every one of you up to the San. March.”
The group was hurried along the corridors in such repressive silence that the culprits even tried to silence their chattering teeth. Not that their discomfort lasted long. They were put into steaming hot baths, dressed in the thickest pyjamas the San could provide and tucked into pre-warmed beds. Then Matron came around with a tray and eight cups, at the sight of which the girls pulled long faces.
Several tried to protest at the amount of cod-liver oil, but complaints only resulted in the reminder that they had brought it on themselves. With nothing, not even water, to take away the taste, they were bitterly regretful of their actions by the time the lights were turned off and they were ordered to get as much sleep as they could from the remainder of the night.
After seeing that each girl had taken her dose, Matey hurried down the corridor that led to the new building in which Tom’s rooms were located. The mistress was already in bed, a steaming mug in her hands, and replied cheerfully to the knock on her half-open door, grinning at the small woman who looked in.
“Come in, Matey. You don’t have to worry about me. I’ve got myself a cup of hot milk, and once I’ve had it, I’ll probably be able to get a few more hours’ sleep. It’s only one o’clock, isn’t it?”
“Ten to.” The older woman smiled. “I’m glad to see you’ve got some sense at last, Tom.”
The new mistress laughed. “Thinking of what you and Dr. Jack would have to say to me if I didn’t, even a cup of hot milk is preferable to that.”
“Well, let me know if you start to feel at all tired or unwell,” Matron ordered. “We won’t take any risks, thank you.”
“Oh, I know.” Tom drained the last of her milk. “Don’t worry, I’d tell you. But I’m feeling better than I have for months. I’m sure my next tests will be clear.”
“I hope so.” Matron smiled affectionately before checking that the small heater Miss Annersley had had put into the room was working. “Well, we’re probably going to have a busy day tomorrow with those girls to take care of, so I’ll leave you to get some sleep.”
“Thanks, Matey.” Tom put the cup on her bedside table and snuggled under the warm covers with a grin. “Good night.”

 


#272:  Author: Rachael PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 11:51 am


I can feel a "behind closed doors with Miss Annersley" scene coming on ...

... although I fully expect to see it!!

 


#273:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 12:23 pm


Just caught up on last few entries. Thanks KB.

 


#274:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 1:15 pm


Thanks KB!

 


#275:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 3:40 pm


Thank you, KB. I really enjoyed that.

 


#276:  Author: AlexLocation: Home again PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 3:59 pm


lol KB

And are you dropping hints about seniors and doctors? ie Audrey? Or were you just saying.

 


#277:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 5:52 pm


What a shock they got! Really good. I didn't think there were any new tricks to be played by the middles!

 


#278:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 10:37 pm


Would I drop hints? Wink

Chapter XVI – Consequences

The wicked Middles were left to sleep the following morning, and Matron sent a message around to the dormitory prefects of those involved so that they wouldn’t worry about their missing members. The rest of the school trooped down to breakfast as usual, and more than one of the Seniors was eagerly anticipating the Head’s remarks, for the morning had dawned fine, and those who had had more than one term at the school expected that the usual activities today, being Saturday, would be rearranged to make time for a ramble that morning.
Audrey took charge of her table, perplexed to see that six chairs were empty, but Jane Carew, dormitory prefect of Leafy, of which Susan Brownley was a member, told her that Matey knew all about it.
“I suppose they’re in trouble,” the Head Girl mused to herself resignedly. “I wonder what they’ve done now.”
Looking around to see how many other places were empty, Audrey happened to glimpse Nicole Summer’s expression and was surprised by the look of intense misery in her eyes. She liked the girl, whose disposition was usually as cheerful as her surname, and wondered what could have happened to cause that change. Feeling a responsibility to the girl with whom she had begun to chum up, she made an inward vow to find out the cause as soon as possible, before turning to her porridge and clearing the bowl in short order.
Miss Annersley rang her bell at the end of the meal and rose with a signal that kept the school in their seats.
“It is a very fine morning,” she announced, and smiles spread over the faces of the Seniors, who guessed what she would say next. “We have the promise of a fine day today, so after prayers, the entire school will go off in forms for a ramble. Karen and the maids are preparing Mittagessen for you all, so once you are dismissed from prayers, go and change into your walking boots and bring your rucksacks to the front lawn. Form Prefects, go to the kitchen and take the food for your form. This afternoon, you will have your prep time, and then we have this Evening’s entertainment by the Prefects. I have been told that you should expect something special from them, and they have also invited the girls from St. Mildred’s, so we may look forward to a good evening.”
A storm of applause broke out at this, and the Prefects were unable to help smiling complacently. But, as nobody wanted to be responsible for holding up the start of the ramble, the noise quickly died away and then Miss Annersley called for them all to stand for Grace.
It was almost two hours later, and to a silent school, that the octette in the San finally woke. Most of them had managed to stay awake until their alarms went off the previous night, and so had been tired as a result. As each one woke, she had her temperature taken before being ordered out of bed and into another hot bath. When they were clean and dressed, Matey appeared with another dose of cod liver oil, which the girls swallowed without protest, before being given a tray bearing a glass of milk and two slices of bread very lightly spread with butter.
When they were finished and had made their beds, the Head Girl appeared, looking sterner than any of the girls had ever seen her before. In a stony silence, Audrey marched them down to the Head’s salon, knocked and opened the door for them at the Head’s call. They shuffled inside, the door was closed behind them and Audrey went off to join her own form for the ramble.
“Come here,” the Head’s voice demanded, and there was the crack of a whip in her tones that was no encouragement to loitering in the doorway. “Stand in a line here.”
They formed an uneven row, Nancy and Kitty already weeping bitterly. The others managed to avoid this by means of various facial contortions that, to the Head, who received the full benefit of them, made her have to bit her lip to avoid laughing out loud.
“Well?” she demanded coldly, when she had regained her composure. “What have you to say for yourselves?”
There was silence. Jennifer, the leader of the group, was unable to confess her part in the affair, being on the verge of tears, although she scorned them generally. The Head knew this, of course, but she had no intention of being kind on this occasion. In addition to the disturbance, which had woken many of the girls whose dormitories were on the side of the house closest to the pool, Hilda was also anxious for Tom, afraid that such a disturbed night could have set her back in her recovery. She was, therefore, in no mood for her usual mercy.
“I want an explanation for your behaviour,” she told them icily. “If you can give me any reason to consider your behaviour, which has broken most of the very few rules we impose on the freedom you girls enjoy, in any favourable light, I would like to hear it at once.”
“Puh – please,” Jennifer stammered, “it was all my fault.”
This was more than conscience could bear.
“No, it wasn’t,” Linda piped up, although she was unable to meet the Head’s gaze. “I was the one who knew about the window.”
“And we all went along with it,” Carol sobbed into her handkerchief, which was already soaked through.
“Quite so,” the Head said crisply. She looked along the short row in silence, which built up until all eight girls were weeping bitterly. “You are a set of thoughtless, irresponsible children,” she said to them sternly. “You break rules to give yourselves a few moments of enjoyment, without thinking of other people. Your selfish behaviour is something I would not have expected from any Chalet School girl, even such babies as you are. The members of St. Nicholas would be ashamed to act as you did last night.”
Nancy wailed aloud at this, and Susan made up her mind that she was to be expelled on the spot. The sentence, when the Head pronounced it, was not that bad, but the eight girls considered it to be sufficiently awful.
As they were already in different dormitories, the Head would leave them where they were, apart from Carol and Nancy, who would be separated. But they would be moved to the cubicles beside the dormitory prefects, and as these usually had no windows, this was bad enough, but it wasn’t all. They were banned from swimming for the rest of the term, and when the rest of their form had games, they would be taken for short, brisk walks by any mistress that was free, during which they would have to converse on subjects chosen by the mistress and in the language she preferred, before coming back to spend extra time on those subjects in which they were weakest. The same thing would occur during rambles for the rest of term. Finally, as it happened that every one of the eight had speaking parts in the Nativity Play, these would be taken from them and given to other people. The troublemakers would be reduced to mere members of the chorus.
In addition, the Head told them, as they had disturbed Miss Gay with their disgraceful behaviour, and more than one girl flinched at that description, that mistress would set her own punishment. Here, Miss Annersley rang the bell on her desk and asked the maid, when she came, to send Miss Gay to the salon. For the next few minutes, she ignored the girls completely, until a knock at the door announced Tom’s arrival. At Miss Annersley’s call, she marched in, her expression stern, and took her place beside the Head Mistress’s desk.
To the Head’s surprise, she was carrying a pile of books, which she put down before running an eye along the weeping row. The Head, meanwhile, had caught sight of the title of the first book and was hard pressed not to laugh. She avoided Tom’s gaze, knowing that to do so would be her undoing, and busied herself with a letter. The tall woman handed one book to each girl, who took it without looking up, as the young mistress began to speak.
“Your task is to read – thoroughly – a book from the ‘Elsie’ series. You will write me a detailed review of the book you have in your hand, and it will be done in your best handwriting, during your free time. If I am not satisfied, you will do it again until I am happy.”
At any other time, this would have resulted in a storm of protest, but the girls were so overcome by their existing punishment and the remarks made by the Head that it passed without a murmur. In the meantime, Tom was sent to fetch Mademoiselle de Lachennais, who had remained behind to take the girls for the walk that was still necessary, no matter what they had done. By the time the languages mistress arrived, the culprits had stopped crying, but they remained subdued for the remainder of that week and the one following.

 


#279:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Tue Mar 30, 2004 10:47 pm


KB wrote:
Would I drop hints? Wink




Of course you wouldn't my dear! Rolling Eyes Wink

 


#280:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 1:14 am


Am really loving reading this KB

 


#281:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 8:31 am


Thanks, KB!

Can't stop laughing over Elsie as punishment. Miss A's contributions were more onerous, no doubt about it, but this one.... ROFL

*wonders just how much of the series Tom owns*

 


#282:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 9:35 am


I never thought about where Tom got the books from. I can't imagine the library having them, but maybe Jem was able to bring his copies with him when he left Austria and he leant them to her...

Audrey, meanwhile, having left the girls to their fate, had gone to the Sixth Form splashery and was pulling on her walking shoes, hoping to catch up with the rest of the Sixths, although the other prefects had been assigned to different forms and were now scattered all over the Platz. She was hunting for her gloves, ready to rush out, when she heard a muffled sniff from somewhere else in the room and looked around at once.
In the corner furthest from the door, hidden by the lockers that lined one wall, a pathetic figure was huddled in one corner, clutching her gentian blue coat and wiping away the tears that poured down her face.
The Head Girl hesitated for a moment, before quietly making her way over to the girl and gently placing a hand on her arm.
“Nicole, what’s the matter?”
Starting at the touch, Nicole looked up at the girl’s anxious face and made an obvious attempt to halt her tears. Audrey sat down beside her on the hard bench and waited for her to regain control of herself before once more asking her question.
“What’s happened, Nicole? What’s the matter?”
“It…” Nicole gulped before trying again. “It’s my mother.”
Audrey’s expression became somber. Early in the term, Nicole had confided that her mother was in the San for treatment, and the Head Girl guessed that Nicole had little idea of the seriousness of TB. Having gone through it herself with her father, Audrey knew just how bad it could be, and guessed that Mrs. Summer’s condition had frightened her daughter.
“She sounds so awful!” the younger girl burst out. “She has this horrid little hard cough, and she’s so thin, too. And she got tired so quickly when I saw her yesterday. I could only stay for about ten minutes before Nurse made me leave again.”
“I know.” Audrey’s voice was sympathetic. “My father has been treated for the same thing. We’ve been up here three years and a term because of him.”
“I didn’t know.” Nicole sniffed and tried to find a dry place on her handkerchief. When none could be found, Audrey pressed her own clean hanky into the other girl’s hot hand.
“Is she really any worse?” the Head Girl prompted. “Sometimes, when you don’t see them for a time, you forget how bad it can sound and it’s more of a shock when you see them again. Evelyn Ross in VIb had the same thing a few terms ago. But her mother’s getting better, although it takes time with TB. And they don’t let people leave until they’re really better.”
“They… they didn’t say she was worse,” the other girl admitted, comforted by the idea that there were other people with whom she could discuss her feelings, and who would understand what it meant to her.
“Was she sitting up?” Audrey asked practically, remembering the celebration she and her mother had had when her father had been raised for the first time, even just a few inches.
“A little, yes,” Nicole said. “And I know that’s a good sign, but…”
“But you were frightened,” Audrey finished gently. “And all the things you forget about, which they have to remind you of when you visit again, like not leaning over her or making her laugh, remind you that she’s still so ill.”
Nicole nodded silently, finally managing to stop sobbing, although her eyes were still swimming with tears.
“You know,” Audrey began, “your mother would be very worried if she knew how anxious she was making you.”
“I know.” A tear trickled down the other girl’s cheek. “But I can’t help worrying.”
“Of course you can’t.” Audrey slid her arm through that of the other girl with a friendly squeeze. “I don’t mean you shouldn’t worry at all – you wouldn’t be normal if you didn’t – but you should try to focus on other things, too, like your work, and your role in the Nativity Play. You have a few lines in that, haven’t you?”
“Yes.” Nicole nodded again. “But it’s awfully hard.”
“It is,” Audrey agreed, tactfully ignoring the forbidden slang. “But it would buck your mother up fearfully much if she knew that you were happy at school and not spending all your time thinking about her, wouldn’t it?”
“I… I suppose it would.” Nicole wiped her eyes again and then put her shoulders back as she sat up straighter. “I know it would. You’re right, Audrey. Only it gave me such a terrible fright.”
“Just remember that your mother is here to get better. If she wasn’t improving, I think they would tell you. A younger girl might be left in ignorance, but you’re old enough to know the truth. As long as you’re allowed to visit her, she must be improving.”
Nicole gave her a tiny smile and scrubbed her eyes one last time with the damp hanky. Audrey stood up and pulled the girl to her feet.
“Splash some water on your face,” she directed. “Then we’ll go and get something from Karen and head off on a ramble of our own. You get ready and I’ll go and tell someone so that they know where we are.”
The staff-room was empty, so, greatly daring, she went down the hallway to the Head’s salon and knocked on the open door. The Head looked up from a letter she was writing and smiled warmly at the girl as she curtsied.
“Come in, Audrey. What can I do for you, my dear?”
The Head Girl explained the circumstances and the Head listened seriously, deciding to talk to Nicole that evening, although she said nothing of that to Audrey.
“Very well,” she said cordially, when the girl proffered her request. “I can, of course, trust you to obey the rules about rambles, but don’t go too far, Audrey. Everyone else will be back by fourteen hours, and it’s already midday now.”
“May we go along to the Auberge?” Audrey asked. “It’s not far, and I know Nicole has never been there. It might help take her mind off things.”
The Head bestowed her sweetest smile on the girl. “That is a lovely thought, my dear. I know that Upper Va were also going there, but they were continuing further along beyond the inn. You may meet them there, but as long as you don’t mind that, I am quite happy for you to go there.”
“Thank you, Miss Annersley.” Audrey gave the regulation curtsey and headed back down the corridor to the splashery where Nicole still waited. Five minutes saw them heading down the drive and out onto the road carrying rucksacks and chattering about school matters, and particularly the events of the previous night.
While the eight girls were wracking their brains for grammatical French answers to the questions Mademoiselle de Lachennais was asking them, and Audrey was displaying the wonders of the Auberge echo to a delighted Nicole, a different scenario was taking place in the living room of the wing that had been set aside for Dr. Eustacia Benson at Freudesheim. Stacie was sitting opposite her niece, who was unhappily nibbling at a piece of cake.
“I’m glad you’re happy here,” the woman said. “That fact is very important to your parents, but so is your education. I’m afraid they aren’t at all pleased with the fact that you’re bottom of a form of twenty-five.”
“But most of the time the lessons are in a language I don’t understand!” Natalie exclaimed. “And I do well at Art. I’m second in that class!”
“I agree that the languages could be a problem for the first few weeks,” Stacie agreed. “But there are other people who are less clever than you and who are among the top ten in the form. If they can do it, you could, if you really tried.” She sipped her tea and continued. “You’ve got very good brains, Natalie, and it’s really because you won’t try, not because you can’t. If you couldn’t, I wouldn’t be talking about it with you.”
Natalie didn’t respond to this, wishing herself anywhere but here at the present moment. She had no idea her aunt could be like this. Stacie had frequently spent Christmases and summer holidays with the Trevanion family, and was dearly loved by her relatives, having become a warm-hearted and generous woman with a wonderful sense of humour, but this was a side of her that her niece had never yet seen, and she didn’t like it.
“Your father didn’t want to have to tell you this,” Stacie went on solemnly. “He was hoping that the new environment and new friends, particularly considering that so many people in your form are keen students, would encourage you to devote more attention to your studies. Unfortunately, there hasn’t been any sign of that happening, so I’m telling you that, unless it does, and soon, he will take you out of this school, which is, after all, quite expensive, and send you back to your old High School.”
The girl looked up, horror-struck. She had hated her previous school, which had been full of snobs, who looked down on her because her father was a salesman, despite the fact that he had made a good living from the business. The thought of being returned to that sort of society appalled her, as her aunt had guessed it would. Stacie had her own opinion of that school, and it was one that would have horrified the Head Mistress, which lady had been rather inclined to preen herself on the fact that Dr. Eustacia Benson’s niece had graced the school’s register. She wasn’t at all keen on the idea of her niece returning to that sort of environment, and hoped that the mere idea of it would be enough to spur Natalie on.
“Of course,” Stacie said, smiling at the stunned girl, “whether or not that happens depends solely on you. If you work hard, it won’t even need to be discussed as a possibility. If you can improve your position by the end of term – and I’m sure you can –you can try for one of the scholarships in a year’s time and, should you get it, you’ll spend the rest of your school life here at the Chalet School. It will take some work on your part, but you’re certainly capable of it.”
She kept mum about the fact that, should Natalie fail to gain one of the scholarships, her aunt had already proposed paying the fees for her final three years at school. She felt that the combined threat and incentive would be the encouragement her niece needed.
There was a moment of silence, before Stacie picked up the plate of cakes again and offered it to the girl. Natalie, looking up, saw that the subject was closed, but for the remainder of their morning tea and the walk they took with Bruno along the shelf, the girl was unusually quiet and thinking hard.

 


#283:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 10:08 am


I can just see a certain sort of person thinking that Elsie books would be ideal gifts for a minister's daughter -- and Tom being thoroughly disgusted. (probably one of the reasons this struck me as so funny)

*impressed by Audrey's HG skills and enjoying the person Stacie's become*

 


#284:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 10:22 am


Another marvellous chapter, thanks KB!

 


#285:  Author: Tassie_EllenLocation: Tasmania, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 12:18 pm


Loving this, KB, thanks so much!

Ellen *who thinks it doesn't matter so much WHERE Tom got the Elsie books from as WHAT SHE DID with them Very Happy Shocked *

 


#286:  Author: *Aletea*Location: Manchester PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 1:29 pm


*weeps gently*


The Elsie idea is truly inspired KB!

 


#287:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 6:13 pm


Love the Elsie books! After Miss Annersley's talk and the other punishments, I shouldn't think there will be a peep out of that lot for the rest of the term!

How nice Audrey was with Nicole.

Everytime I read some, I say how good it is and I'm beginning to sound repetitive - will have to check a thesaurus for some new words! I really am enjoying this though. I enjoy the FCS as much as anyone but to write something like this takes a special talent.

 


#288:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 10:23 pm


Hey, I can deal with repetition, particularly when it's so positive! Laughing

Chapter XVII – Housebound!

Jack Lambert looked out at the dizzying rush of snow that was falling outside the windows with a look of disgust.
“No going out again today, folks,” she announced as she pulled the curtains closed with such force that it set the rings jangling.
“But at least we can still have games,” Wanda von Eschenau said, looking up from an intricate piece of needlework on which she was working. “Let us at least be thankful that we have the new Games pavilion. And we can even swim, now that the pool has been enclosed.”
“That’s true.” Jack threw herself into a wicker chair and a grin replaced the grumpy expression that had been there before. “And when it freezes, we can have skiing and sledging. The weather freezing, I mean, not the pool.”
Natalie, who was working to the top of her bent and racing up the form lists in a way that startled everyone except her aunt, stared at her form prefect. “We get to ski and sledge and everything here?”
“Definitely.” Samantha van der Byl beamed.
Natalie was not to know it, but during the previous spring term , Samantha had broken her collarbone and twisted her ankle as a result of a fall from one of the ski runs, and this would be the first time since that accident that she had been able to participate in winter sports. However, Samantha made no reference to it, speaking only of the possibility of skiing in the near future. “You’ll love it, Natalie – once you get your balance.”
More than half of the form giggled at this remark, and, when the new girl showed that she had no idea what they meant, they all tried to explain it to her at once, with the result that it was a good ten minutes before she understood anything of what they were saying!
In the prefects’ room, the grandees of the school had also gathered and were watching the falling snow from their window with a mixture of trepidation and anticipation.
“Skiing soon!” Enid gloated in English, which was the language of the day. “Oh, I hope it freezes quickly.”
“But in the meantime,” Nina Konstam said with a worried air, “we’ve been well and truly housebound for seven days now, and those little beauties of Middles are on the verge of revolt. We’ll have to come up with some way of restraining them, or half of them will miss their first chance of skiing when it does come.”
“I thought of that, too,” Audrey said, taking her seat at the head of the table. “I thought we should take this time to arrange things for the evenings. We can’t dance all the time, and we do need something to keep them occupied.”
“What did you have in mind?” Carmela Walther asked, biting off her thread and admiring a neat darn in her stocking.
“I thought we might plan several different events going at once, so that people can choose what they would like to do,” was the sufficiently startling response. A number of people protested at once, but Audrey waited until they were quiet before putting forward her proposal. “We can co-opt the rest of the two Sixths to help as hostesses, and that will give us plenty of people to organise things. But I know that, for instance, although indoor gym tournaments are fine for people who like to be active, it isn’t so nice for people that aren’t, and reading and sewing eventually get as boring for them as for the active people.”
“That’s true,” Eve Hurrell remarked as she gloomily eyed a nasty tear in her glove, the result of running her hand along a stone wall during a walk. “The books are being returned almost as soon as they’re borrowed at the moment, and without being read, because people are so sick of them.”
“It’s the same with the Juniors,” Heidi Brandt reported. “And more than one of them asked when we’re going to get new books, because they’re tired of the old ones.”
“What were you thinking of, Audrey?” Anne Lambert asked, laying down her mending and, as she was the only one free, taking out a pen and paper to make notes, if needed.
“I thought we could use the new games complex and Hall,” the Head Girl began. “Now that we’ve got the passage, it doesn’t matter what the weather’s like, so girls can move between activities if they want to. My idea is that we have three things going at once, and have it for three evenings. That way people can either do the same thing each night, or something different every day.”
“That’s a good idea, and something quite new,” Odile Paulet remarked. “It will also mean that, instead of having a group of about 150, there will only be fifty or so girls to deal with at a time.”
“What were your ideas about activities?” Henriette asked. “Dancing, I suppose.”
“Yes, that’s one of them,” Audrey agreed. “And the people hosting everything can move between rooms, so that we all have a chance to call the dances, but won’t be doing it all evening.” She finished sewing on a button and cut the thread before continuing. “I thought we could divide Hall into two, the way we do for Prayers, and have dancing in one half and progressive games in the other. I’ve had a couple of ideas for new things,” she added with a giggle. “I don’t say they’ll like them…”
She described them to her compeers, who laughed and agreed that they were certainly both new and bound to tax the minds of those people doing them.
“What was your third plan?” Carmela asked.
“An indoor gym tournament,” Audrey replied. “I thought mostly team events for that.”
“But what about prizes?” Zita Roselli asked. “That’s usually the most important thing for that sort of activity. If everyone’s doing different things, how will we decide who’s best?”
“Well,” the Head Girl began, “this is where it could get a little complicated. I thought we could give points for different things – like moving forward in progressive games, for instance, or if your team wins at leapfrog or something like that – and the people with the most points at the end of the full three nights get a prize. I know we can scrabble things together, and there’s the box of things we began to collect at the start of term for just such an occasion.”
“Audrey, that’s a wonderful idea!” Eve exclaimed. “Everything’s fair and the people who might not do so well at the athletic things will be good at the progressive games.”
The others agreed. There was no doubt that Audrey’s idea was a good one, and would provide the school with several evenings of activity, so that they would have little chance of thinking about the fact that they couldn’t go outside. They settled down to plan a program to present to the Head and the other members of staff, remembering to add into their calculations the fact that the staff might also want to participate.

 


#289:  Author: AbiLocation: Alton, Hants PostPosted: Wed Mar 31, 2004 11:25 pm


KB, I've only managed to read up to page 13 so far, but just thought I'd let you know I love it so far...!

 


#290:  Author: cazLocation: Cambridge PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 10:03 am


As far as the Elsie books are concerned, Jo had them (back in Rivals) - not sure if this was Jem's set or her own. Tom could have gone over to Freudisheim and borrowed them.

oops, forgot to say how great the story is!

 


#291:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 11:29 am


Can we have the next bit please KB???!! Wink

 


#292:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 12:46 pm


Nell wrote:
Can we have the next bit please KB???!! Wink


'Can' you??? Wink

And I'm pretty sure the books Joey had when she wrote her own Elsie book were Jem's although he might have given rather than just leant them to her. However, I don't see Madge taking them when they left Austria...


A deputation duly waited on Miss Annersley, who approved heartily of the idea and agreed to let the girls use Hall and the Games pavilion, reminding them, however, that they could only set up the progressive games tables after Prayers each night. As the prefects had already taken this into consideration, they agreed, and so the Head announced the plans to an excited school the following day.
The level of excitement among the Middles and Seniors was at fever pitch. Even the Juniors were looking forward to the evenings, because their mistresses had offered to teach them how to make simple Christmas decorations that they could take home with them for the holidays.
In the upper levels of the school, girls were busy deciding which activity to attend first, and the pages that appeared on the noticeboard quickly filled with long lists of names. This was a measure that had been suggested by Miss Dene, who pointed out that it would be easier to organise team events if the girls in charge knew how many people they had to deal with.
By seven o’clock, those girls who wanted to dance or participate in the gym tournament had changed into their games outfits, and the others were heading into the half of Hall that was filled with tables and chairs. The forty-five members of the two Sixth forms split up into groups and the evening began.
The prefects had initially been puzzled to know the best way to keep track of the points people had, until Anne Lambert suggested that each girl be given a book of blank pages. Each time they earned a point, it was written down in the book, and the day after the final evening, the points would be tallied up and a winner announced for each form. They had briefly been undecided whether the dancing should also count, but finally decided that every dance would be worth one point, except for certain dances that would be worth double. This meant that, by the end of each evening, most girls should have about the same number of points, depending on how well they performed, of course, and so the competition would be fierce.
Audrey was in charge of progressive games for the first evening, and grinned at the groans that arose when girls began opening their envelopes.
“Oh, Audrey,” Janice Chester complained, as she sat at a table with her great friends Ailie Russell, Judy Willoughby and Henrietta Stevens. “This is horrible! I’ll never move on!”
The Head Girl’s eyes twinkled as she glanced at the slip Janice was holding up. It was one of the new games, similar to that of the ‘Kate’ game, which she and Enid had thought up the evening before. They had called it the ‘Find the Nations’ game, where a clue was provided and the answer had to contain the word ‘nation’. The first example, over which the four friends found themselves puzzling, will show what was meant.
“The nation of taking turns,” Judy muttered to herself as she squinted at the ceiling and waited for inspiration. Suddenly she squawked with glee and scribbled down her answer – alternation.
“Well, one of you has to get more right than the others,” Audrey said consolingly to Janice, who was still staring glooming at her page. “Just do your best. But hurry. You only have two minutes.”
Other variations on the Kate game included Table Turning (A table easily annoyed = irritable), For All Ages (Used by nurses = bandages) and A Heap of Ants (A plentiful ant = abundant). With such brainteasers, it was no wonder that the pages of those people trying to solve them showed a distinctly blank appearance.
People at other tables had no better luck. Three girls from Inter Vb found themselves forced to guess the weights of objects, and the less said about some of those guesses, the better! Other groups had to identify an item by smell, or by feeling it through a cloth bag. An idea from the previous term meant that some girls had to give meanings for their names and those of the other people at their table, but many girls had been made wise by the previous time, and most people contrived to come out of that round with distinction.
An idea about naming a nursery rhyme from its first line was included, as was a variation on that theme, with lines from famous novels, for which the title of the book was required. Celia Everett could only glare at her sister when Audrey tutted over the fact that she had failed to remember the source of the line “Now, my dears, you may go into the fields or down the lane, but don’t go into Mr. McGregor’s garden: your father had an accident there.”
“That was your idea, Audrey,” she told her sister in disgust, who simply smiled and, after telling her that the book was ‘The Tale of Peter Rabbit,’ sent her back to another table, where she had to thread as many needles as possible in the allocated time, and from which she managed to score a point.
Other girls found themselves facing lines from novels by Jane Austen, Charles Dickens and the Bronte sisters. The school’s extensive literature program meant that most people had at least some ideas, and the hostesses were generous and gave half a point if the author, instead of the title, was provided.
Even those staff members who had come to take part found some of the tasks challenging, and congratulated the prefects on the originality of their ideas.
In Hall, most girls were laughing and breathless by this time. There was two minutes between each dance to allow the participants to get their breath back, but even so, only a few managed to participate in every dance, although everyone joined in those worth an extra point. The time also gave those in charge a chance to go around and mark the books of those who had joined in. The prefects had chosen the most energetic dances they knew, and three members of the Sixth Forms were taking it in turns to play for them.
Those involved in the gym tournament were no less breathless. They had been randomly divided into two large groups, with one doing individual games and the others participating in groups. The individuals found themselves tossing beanbags onto a target, with those closest to the middle getting the points, jumping with a rope for as long as possible, and hopscotch, among other things. Group activities included leapfrog, tunnel ball and fancy dress relay races.
There was a lot of laughter over this last, with girls having to don weird and wonderful items from the dress-up cupboard while racing against four other people. When they reached their teammate, they had to take off the clothes and give them to the next girl, who had to put them on and race to the other end of the long room.
All told, the prefects had shown a great deal of originality, and the evenings went with a swing. On the fourth day, the entire Sixth form sat down with the piles of books and noted down the scores, finally able to announce a winner and a runner-up in each form, and one among the staff – Kathie Ferrars, with Tom a close second. This was announced to the whole school at the end of Mittagessen, and the winners were cheered as they accepted their prizes.
That night, even as the prefects planned for further entertainment, the temperature began to drop, and by the following day a heavy frost meant that the school could enjoy the delights of winter sporting.

 


#293:  Author: LissLocation: Harrow, London PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 12:54 pm


KB wrote:
Nell wrote:
Can we have the next bit please KB???!! Wink


'Can' you??? Wink


Jeez, Nell, let yourself in for that one!!

KB wrote:
And I'm pretty sure the books Joey had when she wrote her own Elsie book were Jem's although he might have given rather than just leant them to her. However, I don't see Madge taking them when they left Austria...


Going slightly OT (sorry, KB!) Do we know how much time they had to pack up at the Sonnalpe in *Exile*, or does anyone have any informed guesses? Would they have had to have been out in hours/days, or would they have a while? What would have happened after Spartz when soldiers or the Gestapo or whatever came to see Miss Wilson or Joey/Robin?

 


#294:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 1:03 pm


I'm assuming that they had reasonable time. They were leaving anyway, and it was really only the group that had to escape from Spartz that had to get away fast. There seemed to be no problem with Margot and Primula, as EBD says that they were hoping that Daisy would be able to go with them, with no questions asked, as she was scheduled to do that. There is no mention of trouble for anyone else, and they brought most of the school stuff with them - right down to the contents of the Prefects Room.

 


#295:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 1:05 pm


Liss wrote:
KB wrote:
Nell wrote:
Can we have the next bit please KB???!! Wink


'Can' you??? Wink


Jeez, Nell, let yourself in for that one!!


I did rather didn't I!!! Thanks for the new part KB!

 


#296:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 1:15 pm


I've just caught up on this, KB. Loving it.

 


#297:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 7:35 pm


*still loving this KB........*
(hint hint!!)

 


#298:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 7:59 pm


Just caught up on the last few days posts - KB this is fantastic - A & C must want their heads examined!!! Laughing


Oh and Pat? Just because nothing is heard about how bad the escape from Austria was for the School - doesn't mean it wasn't bad - two chapters in my book say otherwise! Laughing

 


#299:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 10:24 pm


Yes, Lesley has a marvellous description, and as I was working on that (thanks, Lesley!) when I spoke, I couldn't imagine Madge taking lots of Joey's books, particularly those ones that would be readily available in England!

Chapter XVIII – Winter Sporting

It was the evening after the prizes had been awarded for the prefects’ entertainment, and after Prayers, the Head had announced that, if it was fine the next day, the school would be allowed to ski and coast. After being inside for so long, this had caused considerable excitement, and only the fear of being forbidden this joy was keeping some of the more unruly girls in check.
A disconsolate group of Middles sat in their common room, hunched over the books that Miss Gay had given them to read, trying to ignored the excitement comments of their classmates as they planned for the following morning. Added to their grievances was the nature of the books they were reading, for Elsie Dinsmore is not the type of girl to appeal to modern schoolgirls. Even Rebecca Davis, who enjoyed reading as a rule, found her book hard to stomach.
“What an absolutely specious pig!” she declared, pushing the book away from her. “It’s no wonder nobody liked her. Spouting off biblical texts like that, and crying because she didn’t see herself as following in God’s footsteps. I’ve never heard of anything so bletheringly awful! Why on earth do we have to read this mouldy rubbish?”
“I suppose,” Marie Lamm, their form prefect, said somewhat primly, “Miss Gay hopes you will learn something from them.”
“And it’s your own faults,” Yolande de Saussure said haughtily. The whole form had had to suffer as a result of the octette’s misdeeds, and had little patience with their chums. “You wanted to do something against the rules and you got caught.”
It was not in the nature of any of the chastised girls to put up with that, and all eight immediately retorted in such a manner than Heidi Brandt, hearing the ruckus from the hallway, could be forgiven for thinking that a free-for-all was taking place. She threw open the door and marched in among the Middles, causing those who were less involved in the squabble to instantly fall silent and meaningfully poke their neighbours. Those girls in Lower IVb who had been amusing themselves on the far side of the room scurried to chairs and tried to look as if they weren’t there.
In a few moments, the room was completely silent. The Junior Library prefect glared at the girls until they were completely subdued, scuttling to their seats and trying to look as if butter wouldn’t melt in their mouths.
Heidi quietly closed the door behind her. She had no wish to bring anyone, prefect or mistress, onto the scene, preferring to deal with it herself. Having overheard the last few comments, she understood the cause of the disturbance and had no intention of further punishing the form. However, she couldn’t let such scenes pass without recriminations, and told the miscreants what she thought of them in such honest terms that they were left writhing inwardly.
Once she considered them to be fully suppressed, she sent for one of the Lower IVb girls to go to the prefects’ room for her sewing and took her place at the head of the silent room, accepting the needlework when Rebecca Antstey returned with it. Audrey Everett accompanied the Junior Middle and the two prefects conferred in low tones before, with a glare that caused two of the Lower IVa girls to burst into noisy tears, the Head Girl left the room.
“Stop crying, Nancy and Kitty,” Heidi directed. “You should know by now that that won’t get you anywhere at this school.”
Thus bidden, the girls choked down their tears and bent their heads over the books that Miss Gay had given them to read. For the rest of the period, there was an almost oppressive silence in the room, and Heidi remained with them until the bell rang for Abendessen, overseeing them pack away their things, form into two lines and march out of the room to their splashery. Once there, she watched them begin to scrub their hands and faces before she fled along the corridor to the prefects’ room, leaving behind a group of chastened girls who crept into the Speisesaal as if expecting to be jumped on at any moment.
The rest of the evening passed without incident, and the school woke the following day to find a cloudless sky and sun shining on snow that had frozen solid. Apart from the octette in Lower IVa, the girls rejoiced at the Head’s announcement that they would spend the morning outside. The little girls bitterly regretted their unlawful activities, and stared glumly at their hands as the Head made a point of reminding them to go to their Form room while the others changed. That this would prevent them from having to see their classmates putting on skis or fetching sleds and meant that they wouldn’t have to hear their conversation was something they completely failed to realise.
So, once the rest of the school was gone, Frau Mieders came to their Form room, telling them change into stout walking books and remember to bring their alpenstocks. To add insult to injury, she said all this in her native language, and bade them also speak German when replying to her. And this on a day when English was the official language! More than one girl was on the verge of tears as she wrapped her shawl around her, ensuring that her chest was covered, and pulled on the heavy nailed boots, with thoughts not lawful to be uttered.
Meanwhile, the rest of the school had split up. The Middles and Seniors headed to the meadow behind the school, those who could ski towing or supporting the novices. Those friends who had the misfortune to be in different forms joined up in groups, and soon the slope was full of girls flying gaily down it, or not, as the case may be. After a half-hour of exercise, even the least able of the novices were able to manage a few steps, and Mlle de Lachennais, Miss Yolland and Miss Charlesworth took over the instruction, while their friends were bidden to warm themselves as quickly as possible. A brisk game of tag was soon responsible for many glowing cheeks, and some girls even begged to be able to take off some of their many layers, although this was quickly refused.
“Isn’t this the goods?” Nita Tarengo called to Helene Förster, another member of VIb as they climbed back up the hill, each dragging a sled behind them.
“Mirab,” Helene hollered back over the shrieks of a group of Junior Middles who were flying down the hill on one of the school’s large toboggans driven by Miss Bertram.
Miss Annersley came out through the gate, just as a group from St. Mildred’s, headed by Miss Wilson and Mlle Berné, came into the meadow, already flushed and laughing from their journey on skis. The new arrivals meant that nobody saw the short line of girls march along the cleared road towards the school. The octette cast envious glances at their classmates and also at the Juniors they passed on the expanse of snow near the rear door of the school, before they were herded inside, where Miss Dene was ready to oversee their work while she caught up with the backlog of correspondence.
The Juniors, with Miss Armitage, Miss Moore, Miss Derwent, Miss Gay and Miss Lovell, had been taken to the playing fields. These were now covered with a layer of soft snow, which wasn’t deep enough to be dangerous, and had frozen enough to be safe to walk on. An impromptu snowball fight had begun almost immediately, and the small, soft balls of snow flew this way and that, with muffled shrieks alerting people to the fact that they had come into contact with someone’s face.
After a time, some girls began moving away from this activity and started to build the snow into various shapes. While the Thirds kept up the more energetic snowball fight, the Seconds were soon deeply involved in seeing who could make the biggest or most interesting snow creation.
Suddenly, Jean Morris gave a shriek and, even as the staff anxiously turned to her, held a circle of ice aloft in her hands.
“It looks like a window,” Felicity Maynard exclaimed.
“Ooh, I know,” Alison Lewis, a new girl who shared Felicity and Jean’s interest in ballet, shrieked excitedly. “Let’s make a snow house like those eskamoo people!”
Miss Moore’s face at this mispronunciation was a study, but she managed to contain her amusement as she came over to them.
“You mean an igloo?” she suggested.
“That’s it,” Alison beamed. “An ingloo.”
The mistress retreated to have her laugh in peace and the girls began to draw a circle in the snow that would act as the base for the ‘ingloo’. Then, with Felicity and her chums directing operations, they began, little by little, to build the walls.
“This is hard,” Lucy Peters called, as the wall she and her friends, Susan Dickie and Renae Nicholson, had just built collapsed into a shapeless mass.
“Mamma says nothing comes without hard work,” Felicity said in, it must be admitted, a somewhat self-righteous tone.
Susan straightened up from her effort of trying to pile snow higher than a few inches and looked around critically. Then she pointed at the snow fort that had been built on the far side of the garden.
“How come that stands up and ours doesn’t?”
“There are bushes under the snow,” Miss Gay said, overhearing this. “All they have to do is pile the snow around the bushes, which hold it up and stop it from falling over.”
“Can’t we do that?” Renae asked eagerly.
“I suppose so,” Miss Gay agreed, “if you can find somewhere the right shape and size.”
“Here, this corner,” Marjorie Graves called from a place where the hedge, of which some ten inches still protruded above the snow, turned to follow the path up to the school.
The girls abandoned their efforts and hurried over to the new play-area. It was easier here to pile the snow to the top of the hedge and a few inches above it. Jean, who had guarded the small circle of ice, cleared a space of snow and wedge the ice into the densely growing hedges. As the snow on the ‘outside’ of the ‘house’ was clean, and the ice didn’t provide a particularly clear vista in any case, there was nothing visible through it, but it was more than enough for the girls, who scampered in and out of the corner with twigs and small stones to decorate the walls. It took most of the morning to complete, and they were beginning to discuss possible uses for the ‘house’ when the bell rang out from the building to signify that it was time for everyone to come in and they had to abandon their plans.

 


#300:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Thu Apr 01, 2004 10:45 pm


Thanks KB!

ROFL at Ingloo!

 


#301:  Author: EllieLocation: Lincolnshire PostPosted: Fri Apr 02, 2004 1:43 am


Laughing at eskimoo! I do love this story.

 


#302:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Fri Apr 02, 2004 7:39 am


Lovely. Feeling slightly sorry for the poor middles, missing all that fun.

 


#303:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Fri Apr 02, 2004 10:41 am


PatMac wrote:
Lovely. Feeling slightly sorry for the poor middles, missing all that fun.


They brought it on themselves!

Matron Lloyd and two of her associates were waiting in the hallway when the girls hurried in through the doors and headed for their splasheries, checking to see that the exercise hadn’t been too much for some of the weaker members of the school, but they had no need to extract anyone and send them up to the San to recover from the day’s exertions. The long tables quickly filled with girls hungry for the food provided by Karen and her helpers, and glowing cheeks attested to the brisk activity of the morning.
The meal was drawing to a close when Miss Annersley’s bell pealed out from the top table and the girls turned to see her rise to her feet with a gesture that kept them in their seats.
“Girls, I’m afraid you won’t be able to return to your skiing and tobogganing this afternoon. It has just begun to snow, and we won’t risk you going out again until it stops.”
She paused to let the girls groan with disappointment at this, and more than one scowled at the windows, where snowflakes were falling.
“However,” she went on, “we don’t expect you to be able to concentrate on the lessons you missed this morning, so we will vary our usual program. After we finish here, you will have your rest period, which I’m sure many of you will need. Then the Middles and Seniors will have an hour for prep. Juniors, your Form Mistresses are going to read to you from some of the new books in the library. Then, this afternoon, we will have a dress rehearsal for the play. If necessary, this will go on after Prayers this evening, but we may hope to get through it before then. Should that happen, you may spend the time on items for the Sale or your own pursuits.”
When she paused for breath, the girls applauded this plan heartily. So far, they hadn’t been allowed to wear costumes during rehearsal, and the original plan had been that costumes would only be worn for the final dress rehearsal and the actual performance. However, seeing the snow falling just before she went in to Mittagessen, Miss Annersley had suggested to Miss Ferrars, who oversaw the play, that they might bend that rule for once, to which the younger mistress had agreed.
The costumes were kept in Hall, but during the rest period, a number of the mistresses carried them carefully to the various dormitories, to which the girls were despatched once the bell rang, with orders to change quickly but carefully. A fire having destroyed the school’s extensive dress-up collection the previous Easter term, most costumes were new, or almost so, and must last for some time.
It was a varied collection of girls who marched in an orderly fashion down the stairs half an hour later and made their way to Hall. Miss Ferrars and Miss Wilmot were already waiting, as were the orchestra, the members of which were busy tuning up, and the girls in the first scene hurried to take their places on the raised platform. It wasn’t as good as the stage where they did the actual performance in St. Luke’s Hall at the gates of the Sanatorium, which had wings, a curtain and even professional lighting, but it would do for rehearsals, and no one was going to let the girls walk to St. Luke’s in the snow, which continued to fall as the afternoon wore on.
The rest of the staff, meanwhile, gathered in the staff room, enjoying the rare pleasure of a free afternoon. With one accord, they ignored the piles of work that required marking on their desks and drew their chairs together around the table in the centre of the room to gossip. A large ceramic heater in one corner kept the room pleasantly warm, and the scent of coffee drifted from the large silver coffee service that stood on a table near the door.
Rosalie, who had managed to get much of her work done while overseeing the eight Middles, came to join her colleagues.
“Goodness only knows how long it will last,” Annis Lovell was saying darkly as the school secretary sat down.
“How long what will last?” Rosalie asked curiously.
“My form’s behaviour,” the younger woman replied grimly. “They’re acting like baby angels at the moment, probably as a result of what Jennifer Lester’s group got up to with the pool, but heaven only knows when it will end.”
“Until the end of term,” Nancy Wilmot said with certainty. “They won’t dare do anything else, particularly the girls who got that extra punishment. But the whole lot of them will be only too willing to avoid attracting attention to themselves.”
“They certainly are suppressed at the moment,” Tom grinned. “I saw a group of them in the corridor yesterday, and as soon as they saw me, they scuttled around the nearest corner. I know they had no business down there either, because it led to the Prefects’ room, and the prees were in the library, having a lecture with the Head. But I didn’t bother going after them.”
“I think they hold you in considerable awe anyway,” Mlle de Lachennais laughed. “You see, they don’t know the truth about you, Tom. I don’t think the ‘Legends’ book in the library mentions your more extreme adventures.”
Tom went darkly red, even as most of those mistresses present looked interested, and Matron choked with laughter and had to be patted on the back.
“Well, do tell us,” Sharlie Andrews pleaded. “Don’t just sit there enjoying them yourselves,” for Jeanne was also laughing by this time. “Tell us.”
The little Frenchwoman mopped her streaming eyes. “Oh, dear. All of her exploits, ma chère Sharlie? I do not think there is time! But I can certainly tell you one of my favourites.”
She finished the last of the coffee in her cup and set it on the table, which also gave Matron time to recover from her fit of laughter.
“It was about three days before the Sale during Tom’s first term at the school,” she began. “To be precise, it was the night of that day. Madame had come to the school that evening to help us price the items for the Sale, to save time the following day. So Madame, Nell Wilson, Matron and myself went to the stock-room where all the finished items were being kept and began to price the things the girls had made.”
Gwynneth Lloyd mopped her damp eyes one final time with her handkerchief, stuffed it back in her pocket and took over the narrative.
“We were about half-way through when suddenly we heard this almighty screeching noise. We all turned around to see that the door was closed, and one of us called out to whoever had shut it to identify themselves, but there was no answer. Then we tried the door and found that it was locked.”
“It was a very small room,” Jeanne put in. “And the window was really only a little space to let in air, so we had no way of escape.”
By this time, most of the staff were giggling or laughing outright, but Matron ignored this as she continued with the tale.
“We banged and shouted for about a hour and a half, before someone finally heard us. All of a sudden we heard a voice say “Matey!” and Nell demanded that whoever it was should open the door. It turned out to be Hilary Burn – Graves, I mean. She was still teaching Games here then. From memory,” a smile pulled at the corners of the woman’s mouth, “we all had a good laugh at what had happened and then went to bed, wondering how we could find out who it was.”
Kathie Ferrars dabbed at her streaming eyes. “And then?” she choked out. “How did you find out it was Tom?”
“I confessed,” Tom chuckled, her right leg slung over her left, which she was hugging in a manly fashion. “I thought I’d caught burglars, you see, and I thought someone in authority ought to know that the Sale items had been rifled.” She glanced slyly at Matey, who was several seats away. “I was just thankful that Miss Wilson never asked what I’d been doing, to be awake at that hour.”
Matron was on this comment like a knife. “So just what had you been doing, might I ask? No doubt breaking rules wholesale, knowing your little lot.”
“No doubt,” Tom agreed cheerfully. “And you’re right, we had. Primrose Day had smuggled in a very plummy, very rich cake, and our whole dormy – myself, Primrose, of course, Bride, Vanna and Nella Ozanne – oh, I don’t remember who else was there. Well, we all feasted on it. You see,” she went on, twinkling at the horrified matron, “we knew that, if we left any, you’d be sure to find it and then we’d all be in the soup, so we had to eat it that night. I had a nightmare and fell out of bed, and that’s how I was awake to hear you all in the stock-room.”
By now, everyone was laughing again, so much so that even Gwynneth couldn’t maintain her stern expression and had to grin.
“I should have guessed it was something like that,” she said in grim tones, which were belied by the smile on her face.
“We all patted ourselves on the back that we got away with it,” Tom smirked. “Of course, I didn’t tell the others about my little escapade – anyway, I couldn’t. Miss Wilson had forbidden it. But it was a change to know there was something going on in the school that you didn’t know anything about, Matey. In fact,” as she got up to refill her mug, “we were even rejoicing about it at the school’s Coming of Age.”
This remark was greeted with another peal of laughter that almost drowned out Matron’s declaration that she should have kept a closer eye on them all and that she certainly shouldn’t have trusted them in the same dormitory, before, with an indignant snort, she got up and left the room, followed by the laughter of her colleagues.

 


#304:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Fri Apr 02, 2004 11:22 am


Lovely!! Always liked that escapade - did wonder exactly how Tom ever got to find out what she'd done - Miss Wilson didn't explain at the time!

Looking forward to more KB!

 


#305:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Fri Apr 02, 2004 3:29 pm


Quote:
Frau Mieders came to their Form room, telling them change into stout walking books and remember to bring their alpenstocks.


*giggles at the thought of the girls wearing their Elise books Very Happy

Thanks for those lovely long bits. And I know books was just a typo, but it struck me as very funny on lack of sleep.

 


#306:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 5:14 am


Chelsea wrote:
Quote:
Frau Mieders came to their Form room, telling them change into stout walking books and remember to bring their alpenstocks.


*giggles at the thought of the girls wearing their Elise books Very Happy

Thanks for those lovely long bits. And I know books was just a typo, but it struck me as very funny on lack of sleep.


Even having had plenty of sleep, it's funny! Thanks for pointing it out so that we can all enjoy it! ROFL

Chapter XIX – The Nativity Play

Louise Grünbaum peered through a gap in the heavy curtains, swinging the skirt of her costume, a dress from the early 1800s, impatiently aside as she leaned forward.
“Well,” Audrey, dressed as St. Joseph for the Nativity scene, asked in an undertone, “is Miss Burnett there?”
“She’s just coming now,” her fellow prefect murmured back. “And I can see Mrs. Maynard and her husband. And Dr. and Mrs. Courvoisier. And Dr. and Mrs. Graves, with their children. Oh, and lots of others. You look for yourself.”
But before Audrey could do so, nemesis descended on them in the shape of Miss Ferrars, who ushered them into the wings with whispered reminders that she had explicitly said no one was to go on the stage, and a reminder of the bad example they were setting the excited Juniors.
The year’s play was a series of scenes describing the origins of some of the most popular Christmas traditions, both in England and abroad. In fact, the subject had so interested Joey that she was planning a book based on the research she had done for the play, and on which she intended to work after her latest adventure book for children was complete.
As the orchestra moved to take its place, Eve Hurrell and Anne Lambert, dressed as a modern-day mother and father, ushered those girls who had been chosen to play their children to one corner of the stage. This would be the common thread that would link the many and varied scenes of the pageant together. They took their seats in one corner of the stage, which was made up to look like a modern living room. As they settled around the fireplace, on the mantel of which stood brightly-coloured Christmas cards, made by the Juniors in their art classes, and with part of a table protruding from the wings, on which stood a feast made of paper-mâché, Kathie Ferrars flicked a switch that turned on light globes that were hidden under a large Yule log. The cellophane that had been tucked in here and there around the log reflected the light as the electric globes flickered on and off at irregular intervals, contriving to give the scene a very realistic appearance.
Meanwhile, Adrienne Demoines, Janice Chester and Tessa de Bersac, with Carmela Walther, who was playing their father, sat down around a bare table, with no fire in the prominent grate. Then the orchestra swung into the first bar of the old Traditional ‘We Wish You A Merry Christmas.’ The curtain was drawn back and the spotlight illuminated the family around the hearth, while the other group remained shrouded in darkness.
“Father,” Jack Lambert, dressed in boy’s clothes borrowed from Joey Maynard for the occasion, began, as she lit a candle on the table and turned back to Eve Hurrell, “won’t you tell us about the stories of Christmas?”
“Oh, yes, Father,” Erica Standish begged, as she finished a neat bow on the top of the present in her lap and placed it beneath the tree. “Like, why do we have a Christmas tree, and why do we decorate the house with holly and ivy and mistletoe? What about Boxing Day?”
“Why do we send Christmas cards?” Marie Lamm, also dressed as a boy, piped up, as she slid a card into an envelope. “And where does the story of Santa come from? Oh, and Rudolf the Red-Nosed Reindeer.”
“I would be interested to know about the Yule Log,” Anne Lambert said, smiling at her ‘husband’.
Eve smiled. “With such a list of questions, I don’t really know where to start,” she began.
“Santa,” the youngest begged. “He’s the whole reason behind Christmas.”
“Oh, he isn’t,” Mother scolded lightly. “What about the story of Christ, David?”
“Well, after him, then,” David said impatiently. “Please, Father.”
“Very well, I’ll tell you what I know,” Father said. “To begin with, you should know that Santa Claus is really Saint Nicholas, the Bishop of Myra, who lived during the fourth century. He was a good man, who always tried to help those in need…”
As Father spoke, the spotlights trained on the other scene gradually lit it, until the audience could see the girls and their father, dressed in Middle Eastern garb, but the shabbiness of which was obvious. An open window showed a sky dotted with stars and a massive moon, and one of the girls solemnly broke a loaf of bread.
“I’m sorry,” Carmela said solemnly, as a small portion of bread was placed on his plate. “Very sorry, but I have no alternative. I have no money for your dowries, and so no man will want you for a wife. I don’t feel that I have any choice but to send you all out to make money in the only way left to you.”
At this, the girls began to wail, pleading with their father to borrow money from his friends and to save them from such a life. He shook his head in sorrow as he was forced to refuse.
“I owe much already for the food we eat and the beds in which we sleep,” he told them sorrowfully. “I can do no more.”
Rising, he left the room, and the three girls wept as they discussed the situation in which they found themselves. As they talked of it, a dark shape blotted out the moon and stars, and the silhouette of a tall figure could be seen through the open window, but the girls, intent on their talk, never noticed. The shape passed on, and then, on the other side of the stage, behind a high wall that represented the garden, Enid Matthews appeared, clad in the garments of a bishop, and with three cloth bags in her hands. Smiling, she tossed them gently over the wall, where they landed with loud jangling on the ground. The bishop stole away, as the girls rushed out through the door into the garden to find the bags of money. They hurried back into the house to tell their father and the lights faded to black. Those on the modern family brightened, and as they did so, Father spoke again.
“Other versions of the legend say that St. Nicholas went up on the roof and dropped the money down the chimney, where it landed in stockings hung in front of the fire to dry.”
“Oh, is that why we hang up stockings on Christmas Eve?” Helen, the daughter, asked, as she leaned against the large chair in which Father sat.
“It might be,” he agreed. “I don’t know for sure.”
“Saint Nicholas celebrates his day on the 6th of December, the anniversary of his death,” Mother said, her knitting needles clicking busily. “Tradition dictates that this is when the Feast of Christmas begins. In some countries, Saint Nicholas visits the homes of children on his Feast Day, and he brings a book, in which are written all the sins of every child. He rewards them according to their behaviour in the past year.” Her eyes twinkled at her children. “If children are bad enough, they get no presents at all – only lumps of coal, or a switch. And even then they have to kiss Saint Nicholas’ hand when he gives it to them.”
“Oh, how horrible,” Peter, the oldest boy, exclaimed. “I’m jolly glad we don’t have that happening to us.”
“But then some children receive presents from Saint Nicholas on the 6th and from their parents on the 24th of December,” Father smiled. “Would that make a difference?”
The group laughed merrily, and then the orchestra began playing the old carol ‘Good King Wenceslas’, softly enough that the next spoken lines could be heard over it. At the end of the first line, the daughter spoke.
“What about Boxing Day? That’s another Saint’s Day, isn’t it?”
“Quite right,” Father agreed. “It’s the Feast of Saint Stephen.”
“Why isn’t it called St. Stephen’s Day, then?” Peter asked with interest. “Where did the name ‘Boxing Day’ come from?”
“Some people do call it St. Stephen’s Day,” Father replied. “But the name comes from the old tradition of alms-boxes in Church. The legend says that these were left all year for people to put money in, and then opened on St. Stephen’s Day, and the money given to the needy.”
“So that’s why Good King Wenceslas took meat and wine and wood to the house of the peasant in the carol,” Helen said. “I’ve often wondered why. That’s a lovely idea. Why don’t we still do it now?”
“Some places do,” Father told her. “But many people feel that it’s better to give money all year, rather than leaving it to one day, so the tradition is slowly dying away.”
“What about the tradition of the Christmas tree?” Peter asked, and at once the orchestra changed to the German traditional ‘O Tannenbaum’, even as the lights dimmed on the scene and the other half of the stage was lit up. The scene was mimed, with Father narrating it.
“The legend says that some time in the eighth century, Saint Boniface was on a mission to Germany and one day came across a group of pagans worshipping an oak tree.”
A group of roughly dressed people had gathered around a green tree, one man with a small child held in his arms. To one side, another was going through the motions of sharpening an axe. A man dressed in a habit appeared at once side, even as the men pulled the child towards the tree.
“Saint Boniface realised that the pagans were going to offer the child as a sacrifice, so he jumped forward and snatched the child away before it could be harmed. He grabbed the axe and cut down the tree to deny the pagans a chance to worship it. As he bent down to pick up the child, he saw, growing between the roots of the oak tree, a tiny spruce tree, which is, of course, the type of tree used as a Christmas tree.
Saint Boniface, played by Suzanne Kiefen, had looked suitably horrified as she pulled the child, played by Felicity Maynard, away from a group of VIb girls playing the pagans, who scattered as the Saint cut down the tree and discovered the tiny spruce tree among its roots. Then the lights faded again and the attention returned to the family.
“The tree is important to Christians,” Father went on, “because it is an evergreen and has come to represent everlasting life.”
“Is that also why we hang holly, ivy and mistletoe around the house?” Helen asked. “And why do we kiss under the mistletoe?”
“The fact that holly stayed green made it important to pagans,” Father agreed. “It was also valuable to early Christians. By hanging bunches of it around their homes, it looked to the Romans as if they were worshipping plants, when in fact they were celebrating the birth of Christ.”
The orchestra began to softly play the English Traditional ‘The Holly and the Ivy’ as Father continued, and when he paused, voices behind the scenes sung as quietly as they could:

The holly and the ivy;
When they are both full-grown;
Of all the trees that are in the wood
The holly bears the crown.

O the rising of the sun
And the running of the deer
The playing of the merry organ
Sweet singing in the choir.

Meanwhile, on the main part of the stage, children were shown decorating a living room with holly, ivy and mistletoe, as two boys hung decorations on a large tree.
“Holly has also been credited with other powers, too,” Father went on. “It has been said that it can frighten away witches and protect a house from thunder and lightening. It can protect you from all sorts of illnesses and will even keep away goblins. And some people believe that tying holly leaves into your handkerchief and leaving it under your pillow on a Friday night will mean that you dream of your future husband or wife.”
“Is that really true?” Helen asked, her eyes wide.
“I don’t really know,” Father laughed. “I’m only repeating what I have heard about it. Ivy is supposed to be just as good for your health, and even to prevent baldness, as well as showing a girl her future husband.”
“What about mistletoe?” Peter asked.
The orchestra was quick on their cue, and swung into one of the more modern carols ‘We’ll Dress The House’. A chorus of voices joined in.

We'll dress the house with holly bright
And sprigs of mistletoe.
We'll trim the Christmas tree tonight
And set the lights aglow.
We'll wrap our gifts with ribbons gay
And give them out on Christmas day.
By everything we do and say,
Our gladness we will show.

We'll dress the table daintily,
Our finest treasures use,
That all a-sparkle it may be
And bright with lovely hues.
Then for the feasting we'll prepare
A kitchen full of wondrous fare,
That each from all the dishes rare,
His fav'rite one may choose.

And ye who would the Christ child greet,
Your heart also adorn,
That it may be a dwelling meet
For Him who now is born.
Let all unlovely things give place
To souls bedecked with heavenly grace,
That ye may view His holy face
With joy on Christmas morn.

We'll dress the house with holly bright
And sprigs of mistletoe.
We'll trim the Christmas tree tonight
And set the lights aglow.
We'll wrap our gifts with ribbons gay
And give them out on Christmas day.
By everything we do and say,
Our gladness we will show.

“Oh, mistletoe has many properties,” Father said. “It was believed to heal sickness, render poison harmless and protect a person from witchcraft.”
“But why do we kiss under it?” Helen asked, while on the other side of the stage, one of the young women was warmly embraced by one of the men.
“That is a tradition borne in the last century,” Mother replied, smiling. “The idea was that a young lady who was kissed under the mistletoe would marry the following year.”
“It seems like everything leads towards marriage,” David complained, as he picked up one of the Christmas cards that had fallen off the mantel and replaced it, even as the spotlight faded from the silent scene.
“What about Christmas cards?” Peter asked suddenly, straightening up after having given the fire a poke.
“The exchange of cards also comes from the eighteenth century,” Father said.
On the stage, the lights went up on a home from early the previous century, in which Louise was sitting, Enid Matthews beside her in man’s clothes. A knock was heard at the door, and the father called for the children to enter. Jocelyn Marvell, revelling in her short breeches and jacket, came forward carrying a sheet of paper, which he handed to his father.
“My schoolpiece, sir.”
The lad then retired to the far side of the room with the girls who were dressed as his sisters and watched with obvious anxiety as his father and mother read through the piece. Enid looked up and smiled, and the trio rose to approach their parents, standing in front of their chairs.
“Very good, my son.”
The lights dimmed on the word, and Father took up the tale.
“People got the idea of sending their own Christmas messages in the same way – with a letter sent to friends. They would add pictures of scenery or religious motifs to add to the message. Then, in 1843, the first formal card was sent. From that time on, it became customary to buy or make cards and send them to friends.”
“What were they made of?” David asked.
“Oh, just about anything,” Mother said. “My grandmother showed me one when I was a little girl that was made of silk, with the message stitched inside. It depended on personal taste.”
“Do you have it?” Helen asked eagerly, but Mother shook her head.
“Perhaps your grandmother does. I’ll call her tomorrow and ask if she will bring it when she comes.”
At this point, Mother rose to light a candle that stood on the mantel, even as a clock in the background chimed the hour of eight.
“Why do people light a candle on Christmas Eve?” Peter asked. “And what about the Yule log?”
“That was supposed to bring good luck to the house,” Father replied. “But it was very important that the candle be left to burn until the family goes to bed – or until the next day, depending on tradition. The same rule applies to the Yule log.”
“There are lots of things about the Yule log, aren’t there?” David said. “All about how you can’t buy it, but have to find it yourself. And how you have to use part of the one from the previous year to light this year’s.”
The other half of the stage showed a forest, through which a family came, arm in arm, singing the Welsh Traditional ‘Deck the Halls’ as they approached a log that lay near the front of the stage, covered with a thin layer of fake snow. It was loaded onto the sled that one of the ‘boys’ pulled along, and then the family towed it back in the direction from which they had come.
Helen sighed and leaned against Father’s arm, staring into the fire. “I do think this is the best time of the year,” she said happily. “There are so many stories and traditions that have to be kept.”
Mother’s eyes twinkled. “Of course, the most important is that children are asleep when Santa arrives, so they won’t see him putting things into their stockings.”
“But you haven’t told us the Christmas story yet,” David protested, sitting up straight and looking anxious. “You will tell it, won’t you, mother? That’s one of our traditions – we do it every year.”
Mother laughed and sat down again. “Very well. Gather round.” The orchestra began the Latin carol ‘Jesu Parvule’, played pianissimo, as she took David on her knee. The other children turned to her as she began. “It came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree…”
The lights dimmed for the final time on that scene and lit the rest of the stage, on which the Nativity was performed, so that every member of the school had some part to play, however small. The audience remained silent until the curtain fell on the last scene – Jesus, Mary and Joseph fleeing Herod’s wrath into Egypt – and then turned to each other with quiet comments as the orchestra began the German carol ‘Silent Night’, which lasted until the audience had left the theatre and headed out into the lightly falling snow.

 


#307:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 7:29 am


Catching up on the last several segments...

I do sympathize with the igloo-builders, since I never did manage an uncollapsed dome! Finally decided straight snow fort type walls with a tarp or boards on top would have to do....

Nice staff room scene Smile

But why, oh why, does this play seem so familiar? It's driving me nuts!

 


#308:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 1:13 pm


Love the play - thanks KB!

 


#309:  Author: ChelseaLocation: Your Imagination PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 3:41 pm


They should have built a qunicee which is much easier - just make a pile of snow, stamp it down to pack it and dig out from the inside. You stick sticks throgh the top to tell you when to stop hollowing out. The sticks are the length of the thickness that you want you walls, so when you get to the tip of the stick you stop digging. We use quincees when we winter camp - they are really nice and warm and fun to make.

If you really want to make an igloo to live like the Inuit (in Canada, eskimo is considered a derogatory term) here are some instructions:

http://home.no.net/gedra/igloo_bg.htm

 


#310:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 3:53 pm


That was lovely, KB. A lovely Christmas play BUT .......

That was Chapter XIX - so it is nearly finished. I don't want it too! Crying or Very sad

 


#311:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 4:47 pm


I don't want the nice drabble to be finished either.

 


#312:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:03 pm


Kathy_S wrote:
But why, oh why, does this play seem so familiar? It's driving me nuts!


Not sure, Kathy. I did get a vague idea from Enid Blyton's Christmas Book, but that's not really the same.

Glad everyone's enjoying this. Last chapter!


Chapter XX – The End of Term

The effect of the play lasted for a full week, and by that time there was only a few days left until the end of term. The staff wrote their reports and checked the final prep for the term, excusing mistakes with a leniency that would have been remarkable at any other time.
One afternoon, Eve and Heidi summoned the other prefects and they went through all four sections of the library to hunt out any missing books. Audrey and Enid went looking for the sinners and come back with their arms piled high with books and their pockets jingling with change.
The following day, a group of VIb were taken to sort out the garments in the acting cupboard, while girls from VIa went with Miss Lovell to sort through the Games things and check whether any needed replacement.
Frau Mieders and several girls from Upper Va spent one evening checking through the equipment in the Domestic Science department so that an order could be put in for any new things that might be needed.
On the last full day of term, everyone set to, packing. When each girl finished, she was sent down to Hall, where Miss Lawrence was playing for the girls to dance. The trunks were sent off, and then the girls, dressed in their travelling frocks, as everything else was packed, prepared for the Spot Supper with which they finished every term.
The school, augmented by the girls from St. Mildred’s, foregathered in Hall, and a storm of cheering broke out when the staff and several visitors appeared. Audrey, blushing, approached Miss Annersley, while Primrose Trevoase, head of the finishing branch, came up to escort Miss Wilson to the Speisesaal. Various older girls claimed the other members of the staff, and then the rest of the girls ran to join up with special friends.
At a signal from the Head Girl, the school began to sing the Spot Supper song, which went to the tune of “John Brown’s Body”, and which was now three verses long.

“Now the term is ended and our chores are fully done.
Many a tablecloth we’ve used and spots on every one!
Many a fine we’ve had to pay and now we have our fun –
Spot Supper’s on the way!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Spot Supper’s on the way!
When we come together at the start of every day
All the tables laid with cloths and glasses are so gay!
But we can’t help spilling things, and so we have to pay –
Spot Supper’s on the way!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Spot Supper’s on the way!
Karen cooks us hearty meals – we eat them with a will.
Every day the food is good – we always eat our fill!
At the end of every term we get a special thrill –
Spot Supper’s on the way!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Sing, sing, sing for our Spot Supper!
Spot Supper’s on the way!

By the time they had sung this through twice, every girl was standing behind a chair, waiting for Grace. The tables were spread with a magnificent array of foods and jugs of steaming coffee and cocoa. For those who preferred other drinks, there was a choice of cold milk or lemonade. Dishes along the tables were heaped with trifles, jellies, mince pies, creams, meringues and pastries. Karen and the maids appeared with trays containing sausages and mash, covered in the gravy made to her own recipe. After everyone was served, the mistresses jumped up and fetched boxes of crackers, one of which was given to each person, and soon the room was full of the sound of cracking. Once each person was wearing a paper hat, they began on the food, which was disposed of in short order.
When everyone was finished and the dishes cleared away, the girls returned to their seats and Audrey turned to Miss Annersley, banging on the table and calling for a speech, which was immediately taken up by the rest of the school until the Head rose, laughing, to her feet.
“It seems to me that you get louder every term,” she laughed, and the girls giggled appreciatively. “I know,” she went on, when they were quiet again, “that you will agree with me when I say this has been a wonderful term, and I’m sure you will try to make the rest of the year just as good. We must think about our Sports Day next term, and of course our Sale at the end of the Summer term, which will keep us busy. So I hope you will have good holidays and return to school eager to work hard and enjoy yourselves.”
She sat down to a storm of clapping, and then Primrose called on Miss Wilson, who agreed with the comments made by her co-Head and also reminded the girls of the St. Mildred’s Pantomime that would also come during the Easter Term. Then she sat down, and Henriette Zendl turned to Miss Gay, seated beside her, banged her hands on the table and called “Miss Gay – Spee-eech!”
The rest of the school joined in before she had finished the first word, and the room rang with calls until Tom rose, laughing, to her feet.
“Well, this is quite unfair,” she exclaimed, when everyone was quiet. “Why, I was at the school for longer than most of you, and you treat me like I’m new!”
The girls giggled at her mock-indignation and she grinned broadly around at them all.
“I’m glad to be back at the Chalet School again,” she told them. “And I want to thank you all for making my first term as mistress so enjoyable. I’m looking forward to coming back after the holidays and seeing how much you’ve all managed to remember!”
Everyone laughed again as she sat down, and then Hilda Pinosch called for a speech from Miss Lovell, who rose to her feet in her usual composed manner.
“I would like to echo Miss Gay’s sentiments,” she smiled. “It is most unfair to pin me as new when I’ve had so many happy years at the school already. However, I will agree that I am a new mistress, so perhaps it is fair enough after all.”
The girls applauded at this, and she let them have their heads for a moment before holding up her hand for silence.
“I won’t be much longer,” she promised. “I only want to say that I, too, look forward to seeing you all next term, and hope you have a very happy Christmas.”

 


#313:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:04 pm


But KB, if that's the last chapter, what are you going to post for us now?????

 


#314:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:08 pm


*waves hands in uncertain motion*

 


#315:  Author: LesleyLocation: Rochester, Kent PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:08 pm


Thank you KB, really lovely story, a perfect addition to the CS universe.A & C must be mad! Only thing wrong with it is that's ended! Laughing

 


#316:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:14 pm


Ah, so you don't want the second half of the chapter, Lesley?

 


#317:  Author: VikkiLocation: Possibly in hell! It's certainly hot enough....... PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:15 pm


TEASE!!!!!!!! Rolling Eyes

 


#318:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Sat Apr 03, 2004 11:44 pm


Please may we have the second half of the chapter? I also don't want this to end and have loved reading it and catching up each day. Would love to see more (different) story from you KB!!

 


#319:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 3:29 am


More chapter, please, KB? Conversation between Tom & Annis, perhaps ? :beseeching smiley:

Kathy_S wrote:
Quote:
But why, oh why, does this play seem so familiar? It's driving me nuts!

KB wrote:
Quote:
Not sure, Kathy. I did get a vague idea from Enid Blyton's Christmas Book, but that's not really the same.

Nothing like that! I was thinking more in terms of, had you posted a version of this back around Christmas, that got TEMed before archiving? Now I'm down to wondering whether I was sleep-reading last night, which is perfectly possible.

confesses she's never read Enid Blyton Embarassed

 


#320:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 6:15 am


*presents, as per request, the second half of the final chapter of "Two Old Girls at the Chalet School"*

This was the last new mistress, but instead of Audrey calling for the oldest new girl, Ted Grantley turned to Miss Burnett, who had come for the occasion, banged on the table and called “Miss Burnett – Spee-eech!”
“What?!” Peggy Burnett shrieked in horror, but the rest of the school had taken it up and would only be silenced by her rising to her feet and glaring around at them. “Well, this is a nasty surprise, I must say! And when, pray, did I become a visitor? Why, I’m just as much a part of this school as you all are!”
The girls laughed heartily at this, and Joey Maynard, who was sitting composedly on Miss Annersley’s other side, grinned broadly at the young Games mistress, who glared at her.
“I can guess whose idea this was,” Peggy proclaimed, eyeing Jo viciously “and would suggest that she watch out, because I’ll get revenge somehow!” She turned to the rest of the school. “I shall be back next term, as I’m sure you all know, and I’m looking forward to it greatly. I hope everyone enjoys their holidays and comes back ready to play and study hard!”
Now Audrey called for Nicole Summer, who stood up and gave the short speech she had prepared. Other speeches followed, until it came to Natalie Trevanion’s turn. She was still glowing from a letter she had received from her parents that morning, telling her how proud of her they were, and she was positively beaming as she bounced to her feet in reply to Audrey’s call.
“I love this place,” she declared. “And this is a wonderful school. I want to thank you all for helping make my first term such an enjoyable one, and I look forward to spending the rest of my school life here.”
She met her aunt’s eye as she sat down, and Stacie nodded, smiling, as she applauded the enthusiastic, heart-felt speech. Ned had already accepted his cousin’s offer to pay for the girl’s education if she should miss out on a scholarship, but the way Natalie was working, it was doubtful whether it would be necessary.
She was followed by the many other new girls, so that by the time the youngest girl had sat down again, the Head saw, to her horror, that it was almost twenty-one hours, and hurriedly ordered them to Hall, where they had the usual sing-song, before the younger girls were sent off to bed and St. Mildred’s marched back along the shelf to their house.
Half an hour later, only the prefects were still awake, and they had congregated in their room and were now busy tidying it.
“Well, folks, what do you think?” Enid asked. “Has it been a good term?”
“As good as any other,” Carmela replied immediately. “And certainly calmer than some. Why, the only really bad thing that happened was Miss Burnett’s accident!”
“What about Lower IVa’s midnight escapade?” Zita proposed with a giggle. This has taken the entire school’s fancy. “That was bad for them.”
“And thank goodness not bad for us,” Eve put in, as she emptied the pan, into which she had just swept the last of the dust, into the bin. “But I think they’ll have second thoughts before they try anything of that sort again.”
“Definitely,” Maria giggled. “Why, they have been so quiet since the Head punished them that it is almost possible to forget that they are there.”
The prefects laughed softly as they left the room, going to perform their final duties of checking that windows and doors were closed and locked. Audrey secured the windows in the Speisesaal and came out of the room near the foot of the great staircase, the use of which was restricted only to the prefects. As she was about to go up them, the Head’s voice called her and Audrey turned to see Miss Annersley approaching her. The girl waited and was secretly delighted by the smile cast on her by the Head Mistress.
“I’m glad I caught you, Audrey,” she said in her sweetest tones. “I wanted to thank you for the way you have acted this term. You have been everything that we hope our Head Girls will be, and most particularly, a wonderful example to the rest of the school. I was particularly impressed with two things – the way you took charge when Miss Burnett was injured, and the way you helped Nicole Summer over the hard times with her mother. Your behaviour at those times made things easier for everyone else involved.”
Audrey blushed violently and studied the floor with enthusiasm. “Th… thank you, Miss Annersley,” she stammered. “I really have tried.”
“And succeeded, my dear,” the woman said warmly. “You may not have expected to be Head Girl, but you have stepped into the breach wonderfully well, and I know that the rest of this year will be just as good as this term has been, under your leadership.” She smiled again and then nodded at the staircase. “And now, you must go to bed. Although you don’t have a long journey in the morning, there will still be plenty for you to do.”
“Yes, Miss Annersley,” Audrey replied, looking up into the woman’s keen grey eyes and managing a shy smile as she turned to climb the stairs. “Thank you again, very much. Goodnight.”
The Head smilingly watched her climb the stairs before she turned and headed for the staff room. As usual, Jeanne de Lachennais was officiating, and handed Hilda a cup of tea and one of the sweet biscuits that had come in a tin from Joey Maynard, who was sitting in a corner of the room, munching happily as she talked to several staff members.
Hilda sat down beside Tom, who was whittling a piece of wood into a thin, fine blade with a carved handle, which the Head guessed was going to be a letter opener.
“Well, Tom,” she began, “have you enjoyed yourself, teaching?”
The tall mistress looked up with a grin and dropped the wood and carving implement onto her lap.
“I love being back here, of course,” she said seriously, shoving her hands into the pockets of her pants. “And, yes, I do like teaching.” She grinned across at Annis, who was busy with a jigsaw puzzle. “Despite what several people said to me, small girls are very like small boys. So overall I like it an awful lot. Of course, I am looking forward to going back to my boys,” she admitted, with the honesty that was so characteristic of her, “but this is a wonderful place to be in the meantime.”
“And you, Annis?” Hilda prompted, as the newest member of staff wandered over to refill her cup from the large urn.
Annis sat in a vacant seat and looked up at her old Head Mistress. “I never imagined myself teaching at the Chalet School,” she replied seriously. “If anyone had asked me a little over a year ago, I would have said that I was going to stay a married woman on my farm for the rest of my life, and that I would hopefully also be a mother one day. But now, with everything that’s happened, this all seems so perfectly natural that I was half-wondering the other day why it hadn’t occurred to me to do it before.” She looked up at the woman opposite. “Yes, I have enjoyed teaching here, and I’m looking forward to it next term and for as many more terms as you want me.”
“That’s good hearing,” Miss Annersley said. “I hope you will both stay at the school for at least some time to come. We always like to have Old Girls teaching at the Chalet School.”

 


#321:  Author: LulieLocation: Middlesbrough PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 8:36 am


I've just had a big massive catch-up of this, and at risk of sounding monotonous, it's marvellous!

Is there anywhere we can read the whole thing uninterrupted by yibble? Not that I don't like yibble, it just makes it difficult to read a story Very Happy

 


#322:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 8:58 am


*Sighs with satisfaction* To me, that will be part of the CS canon and I wish it could go on the shelf with the others. I'm looking forward to Peace being published but in the meantime, don't stop writing, KB!

 


#323:  Author: cazLocation: Cambridge PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 9:33 am


Have really, really enjoyed this. Thank you, KB. Smile

 


#324:  Author: RachelDLocation: Norwich, UK PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 9:38 am


Thankyou KB, I really enjoyed reading this. I was just wondering if Tom was alright now, but it sounds as though she would be staying anyway. Well done!

 


#325:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 10:33 am


Thank you, KB. I really pleased we got the chance to read it.

Lulie, I think Liss is posting it in the Sally Denny Library.

 


#326:  Author: LulieLocation: Middlesbrough PostPosted: Sun Apr 04, 2004 10:47 am


catherine wrote:
Lulie, I think Liss is posting it in the Sally Denny Library.


Yay for Liss! Thanks Catherine.

 


#327:  Author: Kathy_SLocation: midwestern US PostPosted: Mon Apr 05, 2004 4:57 am


Much more appropriate ending than what turned out to be the middle of the chapter!

*begins chant for sequel*

 


#328:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Mon Apr 05, 2004 9:11 am


This was great, KB, and I'm so glad it's going to be in the Sally Denny Library.

 


#329:  Author: Sarah_LLocation: Redcar PostPosted: Mon Apr 05, 2004 12:51 pm


I've just caught up on the last few parts of this. It seems to have ended so quickly. Sad It was great KB.

 


#330:  Author: NellLocation: London, England PostPosted: Mon Apr 05, 2004 12:57 pm


Thanks KB! Ended far to quickly for me too...so what's next???? Wink

 


#331:  Author: JennieLocation: Cambridgeshire PostPosted: Mon Apr 05, 2004 5:10 pm


It did end too quickly, I really wanted a lot more.

 


#332:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Tue Apr 06, 2004 12:31 am


KB this has been a fantastic read. I have loved every word. Glad it is going into Sally Denny so I can read it as often as I like.

Hope the Peace revision is going OK, and that you are going to write something more soon.

 


#333:  Author: Sarah_KLocation: St Albans PostPosted: Tue Apr 06, 2004 1:06 am


Just caught up on the last few chapters and it is absolutely wonderful. Thank you so much for letting us read it KB!

 


#334:  Author: Tassie_EllenLocation: Tasmania, Australia PostPosted: Tue Apr 06, 2004 9:15 am


Have just read the last 3 chapters. What a fantastic piece of writing this story is, KB! Thank you so much for sharing your talent with us yet again! Very Happy Very Happy

My only complaint is, there isn't any more... Sad

Ellen *who is looking forward to "Peace" more than ever after this*

 


#335:  Author: James PostPosted: Mon Apr 12, 2004 10:37 pm


I just caught up (I know, I'm slow!)

Really really really enjoyed it KB, thank you hugely for that!

*echoes those looking forward to Peace*

 


#336:  Author: pimLocation: the place where public transport doesn't work properly! PostPosted: Mon Apr 12, 2004 11:49 pm


Hmm, how did I manage to miss all this??? *kicks self hard*

KB, not enough adjectives and superlatives and the like to say how much I enjoyed it so I'm beyond glad it should be going to the Sally Denny because I want to read it again and again and again.

Not that I'm demanding you understand?? Now where's that innocent smilie?

 


#337:  Author: James PostPosted: Tue Apr 13, 2004 8:54 pm


pim wrote:
Hmm, how did I manage to miss all this???


*thinks about answering but decides not to*

 


#338:  Author: JanetLocation: Ferndown, Dorset PostPosted: Tue Apr 13, 2004 9:38 pm


I haven't been around for a couple of weeks and I can't believe a whole book has been completed since I was last here! Shocked

This was a great read thank you and I agree with everyone else's superlatives - I would never have guessed that the Old Girls in question would be Tom and Annis but this is a fascinating insight into where their lives have taken them after leaving the school. You've kept their characters really well and it was nice to see the bond that they had at school (I remember Tom's sensitivity regarding Annis' fear of fog) being continued here ...

Have you any more up your sleeve?

 


#339:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 4:06 am


Embarassed Thanks, guys. I've been away for a few weeks, so I haven't been able to respond to all these compliments individually. I did plan a sequel to this (Pat has a copy of my plan Wink ) but all my time is being taken up with Peace and my other ideas at present. If I find a few spare weeks, I would think about writing it up, but no promises, I'm afraid.

Before people ask, Peace is going really well. Over the weeks I've been away, I've managed to rewrite and fit in about half of it (those who have read it will barely recognise it, I can promise them that! I barely recognise it!!!!) although I am still waiting to hear from my editor. Also planning covers and frontispieces and things like that. Long way to go though... Laughing

 


#340:  Author: PatMacLocation: Yorkshire England PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 6:31 am


Good to hear it is going well, KB and thanks for keeping us up to date on it. There will be a pre-ordering frenzy when it is ready Wink

 


#341:  Author: PatLocation: Doncaster PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 7:51 am


Does all that work account for the lack of your presence on here KB? How's the Dissertation going? I'm looking forward to reading Peace - but I've a feeling I may have said that before somewhere!!

 


#342:  Author: KBLocation: Melbourne, Australia PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 10:57 am


That's basically it, yes, Pat. I have been away for the past two weeks, with no internet access, so I couldn't log on. Still, I got lots done, both Dissertation (which is going really well, thanks for asking!) and Peace.

 


#343:  Author: SusanLocation: Carlisle PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 12:21 pm


Glads to hear everything is going so well KB - we do miss you.

 


#344:  Author: catherineLocation: York PostPosted: Tue Apr 20, 2004 7:41 pm


Nice to have you back - even briefly, KB! Hope all continues to go well!

 




The CBB -> Cookies & Drabbles


output generated using printer-friendly topic mod, All times are GMT + 1 Hour

Page 1 of 1

Powered by phpBB 2.0.6 © 2001,2002 phpBB Group